Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / Crown

Crown

cck · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cck
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Crown
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
BUILT TO
PERFORM

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 4

ANNUAL MEETING
We cordially invite you to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held at 9:30 a.m. 
Eastern time on Thursday, May 1, 2025, at The Westin Tampa Waterside, 725 South Harbour Island 
Boulevard, Tampa, FL 33602. A formal notice of this meeting, together with the Proxy Statement 
and Proxy Card, was mailed to each Shareholder of Common Stock of record as of March 24, 2025, 
and only holders of record on said date will be entitled to vote. The Board of Directors of the 
Company requests the Shareholders of Common Stock to sign proxies and return them in advance 
of the meeting or register your vote by telephone or through the internet. You may also vote in 
person at the Annual Meeting if you are a Shareholder of record.

Please go to www.crowncork.com/investors/governance/proxy-online  
for details on any health and safety rules for the Annual Meeting.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

In millions, except share price and employee data

Net Sales 

Income From Operations 

Net Income Attributable to Crown Holdings 

Per Average Common Share: 

Earnings per Share Attributable to Crown Holdings—Diluted  

Market Price (Closing)* 

2 0 2 4 

2 0 2 3 

2 0 2 2

$11,801 

1,419 

424 

$3.55 

82.69 

$12,010 

1,269 

450 

$3.76 

92.09 

$12,943 

1,336 

727

$5.99 

82.21

Number of Employees 

Shares Outstanding at December 31 

Average Shares Outstanding—Diluted 

23,000 

25,000 

26,000 

118,503,631 

120,644,313 

119,945,302  

119,426,593  

119,666,669  

121,376,604

*Source: New York Stock Exchange—Composite Transactions

NET SALES

44%44%

44%

18%

18%

10%

10%

24%

19%

13%

67%

18%

9%

6%

BY SEGMENT

BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA

BY PRODUCT

  Americas Beverage

  European Beverage

  Asia Pacific

  Transit Packaging

  Other

  United States & Canada

  Beverage Cans

  Europe, Middle East & North Africa

  Food Cans & Closures

  Asia Pacific

  Central & South America

  Transit Packaging

  Other

Preface | 1

 
Crown Annual Report 2024

A LETTER TO 
SHAREHOLDERS 

The Company had an excellent year in 2024, exceeding our previous expectations, with best-

ever adjusted EBITDA of $1.942 billion increasing nearly $200 million, or 11%, over a two-

year period. Crown also advanced segment income 6% over the prior year, which comes on 

the heels of a 7% segment income improvement in 2023 compared to 2022. The combined 

segment income of the Company’s global beverage can businesses expanded 19% over 

prior year, reflecting robust volume growth—10% in Brazil and 7% in both North America 

and Europe—and excellent manufacturing performance. These gains more than offset a 

challenging global industrial production environment that impacted Transit Packaging and 

more normalized can manufacturing equipment sales.

We have established  
a manufacturing 
platform that will  
allow us to meet  
existing and expected 
additional demand  
with significantly 
reduced levels of  
capital expenditure.

Crown generated its highest-ever adjusted free cash flow—at $814 million, notably 
above prior expectations. We utilized the cash to return to shareholders in the form 
of quarterly dividends totaling $119 million for the year, repurchases of our common 
stock totaling $217 million and the paydown of $878 million in net debt resulting in 
a reduction of the Company’s net leverage ratio from 3.3x adjusted EBITDA to 2.7x 
adjusted EBITDA. In July 2024, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 
$2.0 billion in Company common stock through the end of 2027. 

In August 2024, the Company announced that it entered into an agreement to transfer 
pension obligations for nearly all the retirees and deferred vested participants in its 
U.S. and Canadian defined benefit plans, which follows a similar action taken in the 
United Kingdom during 2021. These initiatives have resulted in a significantly derisked 
balance sheet. 

Following the closing of the sale of Eviosys, a leading producer of European tinplate 
packaging, in December 2024, Crown received cash proceeds of approximately $300 
million in return for its then remaining equity stake of approximately 20%.

Between 2019 and 2023, the Company embarked on a robust multi-year global beverage 
can capacity expansion program to profitably meet growing customer requirements 
in both the alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks segments. During that period, Crown 
increased its global beverage can capacity by more than 20%, and the financial returns 
from those projects have resulted in the Company attaining industry-leading margins. 
Beverage cans are infinitely recyclable and the most sustainable and responsible beverage 
packaging option. We substantially completed that program in early 2024 and have 
established a manufacturing platform that will allow us to meet existing and expected 
additional demand with significantly reduced levels of capital expenditure. Following a 
total combined expenditure of over $1.6 billion in 2022 and 2023, capital expenditures 
were $403 million in 2024, and we expect them to be approximately $450 million in 2025.  

Preface | 3

With its strong free cash flow, in addition to continuing to reduce the net leverage ratio 
toward its long-term target of 2.5x adjusted EBITDA and paying the quarterly dividend, 
the Company expects to repurchase shares of its common stock.

Our global beverage can businesses comprised 67% of Crown’s revenue in 2024 and 
continue to be a major strategic focus for the Company’s future growth. Crown’s 
beverage can volume of 82 billion cans advanced more than 5% compared to 2023, with 
strong shipments in Brazil, Europe, Mexico and North America. For the five years ending 
2024, Crown’s global beverage can shipments have risen at a compound annual rate of 
3.3%, outpacing estimated industry expansion over the same period.

Cans are increasingly being viewed by both brand owners and consumers as the most 
responsible and sustainable beverage packaging option. Given its infinite recyclability, 
the beverage can is truly a circular option, boasting a 60-day can-to-can turnaround. 
The same beverage can will essentially be used six times a year, which helps explain 
why 80% of the aluminum ever produced is still in use today. Cans are the ideal package 
for a host of successful beverage brands, spanning categories such as sparkling waters, 
energy drinks, carbonated soft drinks, teas, coffees, nutritional beverages, cocktails, 
wines, beer and hybrid alcoholic/non-alcoholic drinks, among others.

In North America, our largest market, Crown has invested significantly to grow its 
position, with shipments advancing by 38% since 2019, strengthening margins along 
the way. This volume advance resulted in a five-year compound annual growth rate of 
7%, which was also the rate of expansion in 2024. The Company has a well-diversified 
business portfolio, including alignment with leading brand owners in several fast-
growing and emerging categories. Cans continue to disproportionately be the package 
of choice for new beverage products due to their many attributes: infinitely recyclable, 
economical, quick-chilling, efficient in manufacturing and distribution systems, portable 
and capable of differentiating graphics displays, among other qualities. Our two newest 
North American facilities, in Martinsville, Virginia, and Mesquite, Nevada, are advancing 
on their respective learning curves ahead of expectations and supporting customers.

Crown has a leading presence in Brazil, with shipments increasing 10% in 2024, 
outpacing overall industry expansion. The aluminum beverage can is largely focused on 
beer, and consumers in Brazil have significantly shifted their package preference over 
the past 10 years from returnable glass to aluminum cans. To meet this demand and 

With just under half of the Company’s beverage 
can revenue generated from the historically faster-
growing emerging markets, Crown has established 
an excellent and differentiated platform for 
expansion in the future.  

create new consumption occasions, Crown has introduced several new can sizes to the 
market and now provides the widest range of offerings in the country.

Beverage can growth in Europe has historically been strong, largely due to sustainability 
and circularity advantages among many of the attributes mentioned above. Other 
drivers of market expansion include a package mix shift in the beer segment from 
glass to cans and the trend—as in North America—of favoring the can for new 
product launches as opposed to other formats. Our shipments advanced 7% in 2024. 
Crown has a leading presence in Europe, with a focus on Mediterranean countries 
such as Spain, Italy, Greece and Turkey as well as France, Germany, Slovakia and the 
United Kingdom. In early 2024, we completed the start-up of a new two-line plant 
in Peterborough, United Kingdom.  Our European manufacturing network provides 

Crown Annual Report 2024

a modern and efficient platform to profitably meet customer demand and support 
quality service in the coming years. The Company has bolstered segment income in 
Europe by almost 40% since 2022 through volume growth, commercial initiatives and 
continuously improving operations.  

With just under half of the Company’s beverage can revenue generated from the 
historically faster-growing emerging markets and with leadership positions in a number 
of those key regions, Crown has established an excellent and differentiated platform 
for expansion in the future. A prime example would be Southeast Asia, where the 
Company has had a presence for more than 50 years and is the leading supplier, with 
plants in Cambodia, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar, Thailand and Vietnam. In this region 
of approximately 700 million people, characterized by a rising per capita GDP, relatively 
young and expanding populations and substantial investments by our customers, we 
expect future growth to be robust. In 2024, the Company advanced segment income in 
the Asia Pacific region by 27%. Crown also has leading positions in Brazil, Mexico and 
the Middle East.

Crown’s Transit Packaging segment, which represented 18% of the Company’s revenue, 
provides critical in-transit protection of high-value, high-volume goods across a number 
of end markets, including food and beverage, metals, corrugated, construction and 
agriculture, among others. It holds leading positions in many of its markets. Offering 
consumables such as strap and film, various types of protective packaging and highly 
engineered equipment and service, the Transit segment is a strategic and integral 
part of the Company’s portfolio of businesses, as it broadens and diversifies Crown’s 
customer base and significantly increases its free cash flow. Following significant cost 
reduction efforts in 2023, Transit Packaging is well poised to advance segment income 
concomitant with a step up in global industrial production.

The North American tinplate businesses (food and aerosol cans and food closures) and 
the can manufacturing equipment operations comprise the remaining 15% of Company 
revenue. More normalized sales after several years of significant growth in equipment 
sales and lower volumes in our economically sensitive aerosol business adversely 
affected performance in 2024.

Sustainability remains a core value at Crown, and our accomplishments during the year 
demonstrate how we integrate sustainability into all aspects of the organization: The 

Offering consumables such as strap and film, various 
types of protective packaging and highly engineered 
equipment and service, the Transit segment is 
a strategic and integral part of the Company’s 
portfolio of businesses.

Company is 46% of the way toward our goal of sourcing 75% renewable electricity 
by 2030; 35% of global Crown sites are now zero waste to landfill; water usage within 
our operations was reduced by 13%, and Scope 1 and 2 emissions were reduced by 
16%, among other accomplishments. The Company is working hard toward meeting its 
goals included in Twentyby30, an ambitious and comprehensive program introduced in 
2020 to achieve 20 measurable goals by 2030 in the areas of climate action, resource 
efficiency, recycling, safety and governance. Further details are forthcoming in our 2024 
Sustainability Report to be published during the second quarter of 2025.

In 2024, Crown was pleased to be named one of the “World’s Best Companies” by TIME. 
For the second year in a row, we were recognized as the top packaging company within 
the “Most Trustworthy Companies in America” and one of “America’s Most Responsible 

Preface | 5

Companies” by Newsweek and Statista. Crown was named one of the “World’s Top 
Companies for Women” by Forbes for the second year in a row. For the fourth year in 
a row, the Company garnered the top spot within the Sustainalytics “Containers and 
Packaging” industry category.

We are excited about the Company’s opportunities in 2025 and the years beyond. Our 
global beverage can, Transit Packaging and North American Tinplate businesses are 
strong, holding leading market positions and generating significant and stable free cash 
flows. We have communicated our intention to reach a long-term net leverage ratio 
of 2.5x adjusted EBITDA and, after investing in the profitable organic growth of our 
business, to return remaining excess cash to our shareholders through dividends and 
share repurchases. We will also remain steadfast in our focus on customer satisfaction, 
continuous operational improvement and rigorous cost control, the combination of 
which results in industry-leading margins.

To reflect the Company’s continued pursuit of shareholder value creation, we have 
adopted “built to perform” as the theme for this year’s report. Forging an organization 
with a mindset of working together to achieve results and continuing to improve is 
the bedrock of the Company. This approach spans across the enterprise—from capital 
allocation and investment decisions to customer satisfaction, operational efficiencies 
and talent acquisition. We carry this culture with confidence, commitment and 
consistency as we enter our 133rd year in business.

In closing, I would like to express my sincere appreciation to our 23,000 associates 
across our operations in 39 countries. Their dedication, commitment and drive  
for results are the reason Crown is built to perform.

Sincerely,

Timothy J. Donahue 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

We are excited about the 
Company’s opportunities in 2025 
and the years beyond. Our global 
beverage can, Transit Packaging 
and North American Tinplate 
businesses are strong, holding leading 
market positions and generating 
significant and stable free cash flows. 

Crown Annual Report 2024

Preface | 7
Preface | 7

1 Introduction— 

Our Driving Force

CUSTOMERS ARE 
AT THE CORE  
OF OUR SUCCESS  
AS A BUSINESS.

This mindset has informed our decisions as an organization from the start and stands firm 

today. We recognize that brand owners around the world rely on us deeply to provide 

consistent product and be of critical support for their identity, retail presence, consumer 

loyalty and overall growth.

By placing our customers and their success at the forefront of all that we do, everything else 

follows: shareholder value, financial performance and organizational success. This is not by 

surprise but rather by design—as customers continue to ask for effective and sustainable 

packaging, fast speeds to market, design guidance and consumer appeal, we have already 

anticipated these needs and can deliver.

The result? A business that was not built to simply function 
but instead built to perform. 

Crown Annual Report 2024

A PERFORMANCE MINDSET
After more than 130 years, we continue to apply a strategy that is proactive rather 
than reactive, with success as our ultimate goal. This allows us to generate results for 
customers and pushes us to excel in every aspect of the business.  

How we are designing for performance:

Learn more about High Noon 
Vodka Iced Tea and other 
customers on pages 12–15. 

Utilizing packaging that is superior in 
safety, sustainability and graphic design

Providing customers with comprehensive 
technical support and packaging expertise

Optimizing operations and capacity to  
yield the most efficient output

Making business decisions with a 
thoughtful, measured approach

By taking these steps to elevate our customers, we are able to act on opportunity. 
We are finding avenues for technological advancement and innovation that improve 
our operations. We are creating pathways for existing employees to grow and for new 
hires to join a thriving organization. Finally, we are making changes that benefit the 
environment and help us have less impact in the long term. 

We are proud of these actions and of our overall financial performance in 2024. From 
our strong EBITDA and cash flow to our shrinking net leverage, we are demonstrating a 
consistent ability to profit through superior customer service and continually operate a 
successful, sustainable business.

Section 1 | 9

2 Beverage Overview— 

Traction in 2024

BEVERAGE CANS 
REMAIN A TOP 
PERFORMER.

Again in 2024, thoughtful strategy combined with continued appreciation for the beverage 

can yielded an excellent year. 

Representing more than 80% of our total global income, our beverage can business is the 

cornerstone of our operations. By outperforming expectations this year, the business reflects 

the overall value of beverage cans and a positive future outlook. 

Beverage cans represent 

>80%

of our total income

Nearly

40%

increase in North 
American beverage 
business in five years

This success is unsurprising, considering the aluminum beverage can continues to stand 
as the market’s most in-demand packaging option. The format is conveniently portable 
for consumers, efficient within the supply chain and less impactful to the environment. 
In fact, sustainability remains a major driver for the beverage can, with brands requiring 
highly recyclable packaging and more responsible supply chain partners to satisfy 
consumer preferences. 

Just as we selected our core product due to its inherent strengths, we structured our 
business to deliver compounding value. We strive for continuous improvement in our 
operations while staying financially disciplined and focused on shareholder returns. 

As a result, our strong performance in the North American beverage business has 
continued over several years, with volume increasing by nearly 40% between 2019  
and 2024. 

The future is bright for aluminum, and we are confident in continued growth for 
global beverage can volume. We are strategically well located and are confident in our 
international footprint. New facility builds, line upgrades and other capacity changes 
in any area are determined by careful assessment, not optimism. We have also built a 
diverse customer base representing high-growth beverage categories and have ensured 
we are aligned with the right partners. 

Crown Annual Report 2024
Crown Annual Report 2024

Supplying major 
brands for

130+

YEARS

Additionally, we are focused on delivering quality and service to our customers, which 
helps raise our standards while we grow. With more than 130 years supplying major 
brands around the world, we continue to fine-tune the way in which we operate, not 
just as manufacturers but as technicians, designers, consultants and marketers. Our 
long-standing relationships reflect the commitment to offer partnership rather than 
transaction—and to uphold customer and stakeholder trust.

AN ENGINEERING MARVEL 

Designed nearly to perfection, the aluminum beverage can is both an impressive engineering feat and a 
consumer packaged goods workhorse. Misleadingly simple to the eye, the format is actually rich with 
qualities that make it a top choice for beverage brands and consumers worldwide: 

FEATHER-LIGHT   
YET DURABLE

•  Convenient for consumers to 

carry on the go

•  Stackable and energy-efficient 

to transport

•  Optimal material usage saves 

precious resources

CIRCULAR FROM   
EVERY ANGLE 

•  100% recyclable

•  Infinitely recyclable 

•  Possible to transform from used 

can to new can in 60 days

•  Wrap-around real estate for 

maximum branding opportunities

APPEALING TO   
ALL AUDIENCES

•  Offers premium user experiences with 
interactive inks and tactile finishes

•  Supports detailed design work

•  Available in a wide range of sizes to meet 

individual needs

•  Chills fast and stays cold longer than 

other formats

Section 2 | 11
Section 2 | 11

Crown Annual Report 2024

TRENDING DIRECTIONS

From better-for-you energy drinks to low-carbonation hard 

seltzers and RTD cocktails, several beverage categories are 

continuing to surge in the U.S. and rely on aluminum cans 

to secure valuable shelf space. Here are just a few of our 

customers that are capitalizing on the latest trends.  

MODERN SODA

Moment—Botanical Beverage Upgrades  
From Shrink Wrap
Amid undeniable consumer thirst for healthier alternatives to traditional 
carbonated soft drinks, botanical beverage brand Moment is making a name 
for itself. Using Asian-inspired ingredients like ashwagandha and L-theanine, 
Moment’s unique blends promote stress relief and mental clarity, 
encouraging that beverages become a complete wellness experience rather 
than just consumption. With our help to undergo a packaging revamp that 
moves several SKUs from shrink-wrapped graphics to directly printed cans 
flaunting a vibrant, eye-catching gradient design, Moment is able to provide 
an even more mindful product that demands consumer attention.

Popwell—Introducing Prebiotics  
With Pizzazz
Also bursting into the better-for-you “modern soda” category is Popwell,  
a new beverage from Talking Rain with vitamins, antioxidants and prebiotics 
from plant fibers. Boasting cold-crafted fruity flavors with a notably low 
sugar content, the brand aims to boost consumer wellness by supporting 
gut health and immunity. To assist Talking Rain with Popwell’s growth 
in the market, we are continuing to supply sustainable beverage cans in 
bold, vivid colors that enhance exterior appeal while the brand delivers 
on its promise for consumers to “feel good from the inside out.”

Section 2 | 13

ENERGY

ProBaller—Packaging That  
Shoots for the Stars

With a healthier ingredient profile that includes a diverse range of 
essential vitamins, nutrients and supplements, ProBaller is Certified for 
Sport® by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) and serves as a 
strong competitor in the energy drink category. Its “ultra-premium” blend 
aims to support athletes and others with active lifestyles. To help spread 
that message further, we supported ProBaller with an exclusive can 
designed for the Los Angeles Lakers professional basketball team,  
creating a specialized package that builds brand recognition.

C4—Bold Hues To Match Bold Flavors

We continue to be a key supplier for Nutrabolt, supporting the growth 
of their C4 Performance Energy®, C4 Ultimate Energy®, and C4 Smart 
Energy® beverages, known for bold packaging and best-selling flavors. 
As the brand expands with innovations like the C4 Ultimate Energy Frost 
collection—featuring cans that shift from silver to blue when cold—we 
look forward to advancing our partnership, delivering innovative designs 
that enhance these unique formulations and reach more consumers.

Crown Annual Report 2024

BEER & COCKTAILS

Montucky Cold Snacks— 
Reintroducing a Cult-Favorite Craft 

Uniquely touted for its “snackability,” light lager Montucky Cold Snacks 
is a beer made for outdoor enthusiasts. Gallo recently made a strategic 
investment in Montucky Cold Snacks and has big plans for the brand. 
Montucky is utilizing our support to continue serving to active and 
sustainably minded consumers.

High Noon Vodka Iced Tea—A Refreshing  
Touch of Gold

Within a continued long-standing partnership, we again supported 
Gallo with the launch of its High Noon Vodka Iced Tea—an exciting 
addition to an already fruitful portfolio of RTD cocktails. Crafted with the 
same quality as its other offerings, High Noon’s new teas help address 
growing demand for non-carbonated options within a seltzer-dominated 
market. To make the new lineup an even stronger standout on the shelf, 
we manufactured a striking specialty end and tab in gold aluminum 
exclusively for the brand. 

Happy Dad—Seizing on a Social  
Media Sensation

Another hard seltzer creating a buzz in the market is Happy Dad, which 
boasts a low-carbonation, more simplistic option in a classic 12 oz. can 
that skews more traditional than the sleek cans currently popular for 
seltzers. To help the brand continue to appeal to young adults of legal 
drinking age and serve as a top pick, we remain a core supplier and lend 
our expertise within the hard seltzer and RTD cocktail categories.

Section 2 | 15

3 Global Presence— 

Rooted in Logic

OUR PRESENCE  
IS DESIGNED 
WITH PURPOSE.

Maintaining a strategic global footprint is critical to our ability to remain nimble, 

efficient and profitable. Knowing when various regions are at the precipice of growth and 

understanding the consumption patterns and demands for those regions requires consistent, 

careful observation. This year, we carried through our reputation for operating with a 

“global but local” mindset—with enough production power and reach to supply customers 

internationally but with tailored services and approaches reflective of regional needs. 

Our global footprint is unique, with both a strong positioning in North America and 
almost two-thirds of our beverage can sales occurring outside the U.S. and Canada. The 
future of the beverage can looks positive, with the format continuing to grow around the 
world. We are closely watching each region and are focused on maintaining our leading 
position in many developing markets, which make up nearly half of our business.

MEXICO

Mexico’s population continues to grow and reflect disproportionately high numbers 
of consumers reaching legal drinking age. The area is also experiencing an ongoing 
substrate shift to cans for beer and other categories. These factors are encouraging for 
continual increased beverage can consumption.

BRAZIL

With an emerging economy that continues to soar, Brazil represents a strategic area 
for continued beverage can growth. The country has also reached an impressive 100% 
beverage can recycling rate, demonstrating undeniable appreciation for the format’s 
sustainability and a commitment to supporting industry circularity.

Crown Annual Report 2024

We are meeting 
customers where 
they are already 
flourishing—and where 
they’re headed next.

ASIA PACIFIC

Consumers in Asia Pacific remain loyal to the beverage can, and with the region’s 
population of approximately 700 million reflecting a growing younger demographic with 
sustained expendable income, future growth in the region is promising. Customers are 
also making significant investments in the area, indicating further opportunity.

Through our global approach, we consistently work to reinforce for customers that 
we are prepared for new trends and new terrain. We are meeting them where they are 
already flourishing—and where they’re headed next. Taking a top position in these 
booming areas and demonstrating to customers that we are ready to support their 
growth journeys is just one way in which we ultimately create value for shareholders. 

GLOBAL PRODUCTION SHIFTS 

Just as some key markets are maturing, notable trends are also taking 
shape and driving greater beverage can demand across the globe.

SHIFTING FROM GLASS OR PLASTIC TO ALUMINUM

Many brands, particularly in Europe, Asia Pacific and North America, 
are adopting beverage cans in place of other formats to utilize a 100% 
recyclable package that supports the circular economy. 

This mix shift is noticeable in beer and carbonated soft drinks, where brands 
are working to reevaluate their portfolios amid ongoing regulatory changes 
and reduce unnecessary waste. 

TRANSITIONING FROM SHRINK WRAP TO DIRECT PRINT

Similarly to the substrate shift, brands that were already utilizing beverage 
cans but relying on shrink wrap to label their products are now scaling up to 
use directly printed cans where possible. 

By eliminating the need for labels, these brands improve the recyclability of 
their products and can access more marketable surface area on the can’s 
360-degree surface.

OFFERING GREATER FLEXIBILITY IN PACKAGE SIZE

48.5% to 

51.6%

SHARE

Projected rise in cans’ share of 
packaged CSD volume by 2027 
(Beverage Marketing Corp.)

Shrink sleeves and labels are 
often not removed from a used 
beverage container and eliminate 
recyclability

12
oz

While already established in Europe, Brazil, the Middle East and Asia, more 
markets around the world are demonstrating preference for a wide variety of 
package sizes, which the beverage can easily accommodates with a 5.1 oz to 
18.6 oz range. 

10
oz

7.5
oz

These options help to minimize the opportunity for product waste, address 
more individualized portion needs and create new consumption occasions. 

Rising demographics such as 
Generation Z drive demand for 
alternative can sizes

Section 3 | 17

4 Other Businesses— 

Remaining Versatile

BROAD EXPERTISE 
KEEPS US AGILE.

Our strategy is to maintain a diversified portfolio, recognizing that our unique product mix 

makes us more resilient and balanced as an organization. Our North American Tinplate, 

Transit Packaging and can manufacturing equipment businesses continue to hold strong 

leading positions that flank our robust presence in aluminum beverage cans and generate 

cash for the organization. 

A FORMAT FOR THE AGES

Equally sustainable as it is convenient, the steel food can remains an attractive option 
for modern consumers with various lifestyles, priorities and dietary restrictions. 
Designed as a durable, tamper-evident option that locks in nutrition and product quality 
for extended periods—often far beyond the capabilities of fresh and frozen options—
steel cans serve as an unbeatable packaging format for those aiming to work more fruits, 
vegetables, proteins and other healthy staples into their meals. The can is also a cost-
effective option that holds its appeal regardless of economic climate—stability that 
creates greater shareholder value. 

Additionally, consumers already understand the food can to be easily recyclable and 
ultimately worth recycling—an important distinction in a market cluttered with broad 
sustainability claims and material misconceptions. Consumers know that metal, to 
its core, is a highly circular option that they can feel good about among a range of 
packaging choices. 

While consumer appreciation for the format is critical, our North American food can 
division also took steps to streamline targeted parts of the business. The team relocated 
the Suffolk, Virginia, plant to Effingham, South Carolina, improving a large customer’s 
logistics and offering quicker cycle times for inventory. It also upheld its overall 
customer focus on private label and pet food co-manufacturers, delivering improved 
financial performance. Overall, the business completed multi-year investments that 
boosted manufacturing capability and addressed specific customer needs. 

Prioritizing strong customer service and fostering long-term relationships continue to 
be hallmarks of our food can business. Our customers expect us to know our products 
inside and out, and we look to add value by offering comprehensive solutions while 

Consumers know that 
metal, to its core, is a 
highly circular option 
that they can feel good 
about among a range  
of packaging choices. 

Crown Annual Report 2024

By being involved at 
several stages, Transit 
Packaging is positioned 
as an integral part  
of customer processes, 
fostering long-term 
relationships and growth. 

helping to solve problems and optimize operations wherever possible. To that end, we 
conduct on-site seaming and tooling training at customer filling locations, which helps 
our customers truly understand the nuances of this critical production step and helps 
them prevent quality issues that could lead to increased costs. By receiving our training, 
customers have greater reassurance that equipment and processes are optimized to 
deliver consistent, high-quality finished products. 

Our fully equipped pilot facilities stand as another differentiator for our food can 
business. Through these facilities, we conduct testing on new packaging products under 
conditions that replicate real-world environments. This helps our customers better 
understand how packaging will perform throughout its life cycle. Similar to our seaming 
and tooling training, this capability demonstrates our commitment to being a true 
partner, providing comprehensive solutions for our customers that meet the highest 
standards of quality and safety.

DESIGNED WITH EFFICIENCY IN MIND 

Our Transit Packaging division remains a supply chain workhorse that drives value 
through its diverse range of products, including equipment, tools and services; 
protective packaging; and steel and plastic strap and film. This variety allows the 
business to cater to many industries such as food and beverage, construction, pharma 
and e-commerce and enables a deeper understanding and ownership over the entire 
value chain—from production to distribution. 

By being involved at several stages, Transit Packaging is positioned as an integral part 
of customer processes, fostering long-term relationships and growth. The industry 
itself is also continuously evolving, which presents opportunities. Furthermore, as 
the economy stabilizes and industrial production ramps up, the business is well-
positioned to take advantage of a recovering market.

Key product innovations are fueling optimism, such as the BXT4 Battery Hand Tool for 
plastic strapping, which boasts features like EasyTrigger™ Technology for improved 
ergonomics, a comfortable grip to reduce fatigue and a display that enhances user 
guidance. Additionally, the tool’s longer battery life minimizes downtime, ensuring 
higher efficiency and productivity.

Other product launches include the SGP 5330 general purpose strapping machine, a 
high-speed bundling solution designed for integration into conveyor lines. Its fully 
electric design and smart interface, alongside a touchscreen HMI, make it a flexible, 
energy-efficient choice for a variety of industries. The ability to remotely monitor and 
troubleshoot machine performance also contributes to greater production capacity. 

Moreover, continued investment in end-of-line automation systems such as the 
StorFast Automated Storage and Retrieval Systems (ASRS) reflects the division’s 
commitment to assisting customers with operational efficiency. Designed as a full 
range of robot-based depalletizing, palletizing and material handling solutions, 
StorFast ASRS optimizes warehouse space regardless of layout or size and uses 
a modular design to increase available capacity. The system also uses multiple 
machines to yield higher pallet throughput than traditional systems and, despite its 
sophistication, is constructed with standard components to simplify maintenance and 
maximize uptime.

Through these types of innovations and by simply being omnipresent across the 
entire supply chain, our Transit Packaging division continues to be adaptable to 
evolving market demands. Overall, this reinforces our larger organization as a well-
rounded business with ample opportunity ahead and as a trusted, capable partner 
across industries.

Section 4 | 19

5 Sustainability— 

Primed for Future Generations

EVOLUTION IS  
A NECESSITY.

As we near the halfway point of our active Twentyby30 sustainability program, we recognize that 

balancing environmental stewardship with business success is a nuanced process—now more 

than ever before. The manufacturing industry continues to face new standards and pressures, 

and in some cases, we must work to align with those changes while still being pragmatic and 

realistic. Yet, in many more scenarios, sustainability projects create significant economic benefit 

and continue to be a driving force for our customers. 

We view our 
commitment to reducing 
our environmental 
footprint as an ongoing 
opportunity to drive 
innovation, enhance 
resilience and position 
ourselves for long- 
term success.

Crown Annual Report 2024

Sustainability has always stood as an ingrained aspect of our business, from our products 
themselves to the ways we prioritize efficiency across our operations. We view our 
commitment to reducing our environmental footprint as an ongoing opportunity to 
drive innovation, enhance resilience and position ourselves for long-term success. The 
progress we’ve made over the past year reinforces that sustainability is not a tradeoff but 
a fundamental value that powers our continued growth.

Progress throughout 2024 includes:

ENERGY, EMISSIONS AND RENEWABLE INITIATIVES

A central pillar of our sustainability program is the reduction of our energy consumption 
and carbon footprint as well as our transition to renewable energy. This year, we reduced 
our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 16%, a strong step toward meeting our ambitious climate 
goals. As part of our ongoing efforts, we are approximately halfway toward our goal 
of sourcing 75% of our electricity from renewable sources by 2030. New renewable 
projects, including initiatives around our beverage can plant in Mesquite, Nevada, and 
our beverage end plant in Mankato, Minnesota, help to drive further progress in the U.S. 
Another major action includes a new 15-year virtual power purchase agreement (VPPA), 
which counteracts the operational footprint of the majority of our European operations.  

WASTE REDUCTION AND WATER STEWARDSHIP

Our dedication to environmental responsibility extends beyond energy and emissions. 
We are proud to report that 35% of our sites have now achieved zero waste to landfill 
status, a significant milestone in our waste-reduction efforts. We have also reduced 

water usage within our operations by 13% and are actively replenishing water in high-
scarcity-risk watersheds. To date, we have replenished 8% of the water consumed from 
these areas through water replenishment projects across Brazil, Greece and Mexico, 
demonstrating our commitment to sustainable water management.

RESPONSIBLE SOURCING CERTIFICATIONS

Our commitment to product stewardship is reinforced by key certifications that 
ensure we meet the highest standards of environmental and safety performance. 
Our operations in Mexico (producing beverage cans and metal closures) earned the 
Aluminium Stewardship Initiative (ASI) Chain of Custody Standard V2 certification. This 
certification verifies that we are maintaining the highest standards of due diligence as 
our products move downstream and throughout their entire life cycles. In Asia Pacific, 
our beverage can facility in Da Nang, Vietnam, secured the ASI Performance Standard 
V3 certification, further demonstrating our leadership in responsible sourcing and 
sustainable practices.  

INDUSTRY LEADERSHIP IN RECYCLING

Improving beverage can circularity remains one of the most critical areas of focus 
within our sustainability efforts. While the aluminum beverage can is already infinitely 
recyclable among a range of standout benefits, the industry must do more to ensure that 
we can recapture as much material as possible. By increasing recycling rates, we reduce 
resource consumption and energy emissions as well as streamline our own operations. 
To advance circularity, we are continuing to advocate for deposit return systems (DRS), 
extended producer responsibility (EPR) policies, better access to curbside recycling and 
general consumer education—levers that assign greater responsibility to all members 
of the value chain and work toward common goals of material and environmental 
preservation. To drive action around these objectives, we:

•  Co-hosted the second Global Aluminium Can Sustainability Summit, where we 

brought together experts and stakeholders to develop actionable strategies for a more 
circular metal packaging industry

•  Participated in multiple panel discussions focused on aluminum decarbonization and 
circularity in New York Climate Week and the European Green Aluminium Summit  

•  Supported the U.S. launch of Every Can Counts, an initiative that provides  

boots-on-the-ground consumer recycling education

•  Launched a pilot DRS program on Antiparos Island, Greece, with the  

installation of two reverse vending machines (RVMs), which  
will test consumer engagement and inform wider return rates

By increasing recycling rates,  
we reduce resource consumption  
and energy emissions as well as 
streamline our own operations.

Section 5 | 21

BEVERAGE CANS BY THE NUMBERS

Most valuable  
recycled material 
among all substrates

Aluminum beverage cans: $1,388/ton 

Glass bottles: -($23)/ton 

Plastic bottles (PET): $215/ton

Remains in circulation— 
80% of aluminum ever 
produced still in use

Highest recycling rate of all beverage packaging formats:

71%Global

Europe

Brazil

76%
100%

43%U.S.

higher than PET at 20%  
and glass at 40%

Asia 
Pacific

>80%

some countries  
nearing 100%

RECOGNITIONS AND ACCOLADES

Our efforts in sustainability and corporate responsibility  
were recognized by multiple respected organizations 
throughout 2024. 

We were named one of TIME’s “World’s Best Companies,” reaffirming our leadership in the global 
business community. We were also ranked for the second consecutive year as the top packaging 
company on the “Most Trustworthy Companies in America” list and as one of “America’s Most 
Responsible Companies” by Newsweek and Statista. Our commitment to climate action also earned us 
a spot in USA TODAY’s “America’s Climate Leaders” list for the second year in a row. Additionally, we 
were recognized by Forbes as one of the “World’s Top Companies for Women” for two years running 
and by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as one of the “Top 30 Green Power Partners” from 
the Fortune 500. Our commitment to sustainability was further validated four years in a row by our 
high ranking in Sustainalytics’ evaluation of companies in the Containers and Packaging industry.

Crown Annual Report 2024

Conclusion— 
Always On

6

WE REFUSE  
TO STAY IDLE.

Entering the remaining half of the decade, our organization remains focused on execution. 

From our structure and product portfolio to our capabilities and processes, diligent decision-

making continues to drive our business. As we anticipate and adapt to new changes in 

the market, we are committed to building on our momentum and upholding our position 

as an agile but reliable organization that brings value to its customers, shareholders and 

employees—all while upholding the needs of consumers worldwide.

Section 6 | 23

 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

TIMOTHY J. DONAHUE (A)
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of 
the Company

RICHARD H. FEARON (B, D)
Former Vice Chairman and Chief Financial and Planning Officer  
of Eaton Corporation

ANDREA J. FUNK (B, C)
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of EnerSys

STEPHEN J. HAGGE (A, C, D)
Former President and Chief Executive Officer of AptarGroup

B. CRAIG OWENS (A, B)
Former Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of 
Campbell Soup Company

ANGELA M. SNYDER (B, C)
President of Fulton Financial Corporation and Fulton Bank

CAESAR F. SWEITZER (A, B, D)
Former Senior Advisor and Managing Director of Citigroup Global 
Markets

MARSHA C. WILLIAMS (A, C)
Former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Orbitz 
Worldwide

DWAYNE A. WILSON (B)
Former Senior Vice President of Fluor Corporation

COMMITTEES:
(A) Executive, (B) Audit, (C) Compensation,  
(D) Nominating and Corporate Governance

CORPORATE OFFICERS

TIMOTHY J. DONAHUE
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of 
the Company

GERARD H. GIFFORD
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

KEVIN C. CLOTHIER
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

ADAM J. DICKSTEIN
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

SIDONIE LÉCLUSE
Senior Vice President—Chief Human Resources Officer

JOHN M. ROST
Senior Vice President—Crown Technology, Sustainability and 
Regulatory Affairs

CLAUDINE SCHELP
Senior Vice President—Global Procurement

DAVID A. BEAVER
Vice President and Treasurer

CHRISTOPHER A. BLAINE
Vice President—Corporate Risk Management

THOMAS T. FISCHER
Vice President—Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs

CHRISTY L . KALAUS
Vice President and Corporate Controller

TORSTEN J. KREIDER
Vice President—Planning and Development

JOSEPH C. PEARCE
Vice President—Corporate Tax

Crown Annual Report 2024

ANTHONY VITELLO
Chief Information Security Officer

DEBORAH L . JASKEL
Assistant Corporate Controller

MICHAEL J. ROWLEY
Assistant Corporate Secretary and Assistant General Counsel

ROSEMARY HASELROTH
Assistant Corporate Secretary

DIVISION OFFICERS

AMERICAS DIVISION

DJALMA NOVAES, JR.
President

EDUARDO ARGUETA
President—Mexico and Caribbean

WILMAR ARINELLI
President—Beverage Packaging Brazil

GARY M. GAVIN
President—Beverage Packaging North America

THOMAS J. GORDON
President—Food Packaging North America

ISAAC MALPAGA
President—Colombia

JAMES R. YACKISH
President—Closures, Aerosol and Promotional Packaging (CAPP)  
North America

ALFRED J. DERMODY
Senior Vice President—Human Resources

MICHAEL A. ANTRY
Vice President—Environmental, Health and Safety

RONALD S. CENDERELLI
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EUROPEAN DIVISION

MARK KETCHESON
President

OZGUR ATAS
Vice President—Operations

NÜVIT ERKU
Vice President—Commercial Europe

SAMEER HASAN
Vice President—MEA

DANIEL MALAGRIDA
Vice President—Procurement

SJOERD-JAAP SCHAAF
Vice President—Human Resources

ANDREA VAVASSORI
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

PAUL BROWETT
Vice President and Treasurer

JEAN-FRANCOIS LELOUCH
Chief Legal Counsel

SEYMA OZTURK
General Manager—Turkey

ASIA PACIFIC DIVISION

CARLOS BAILA
President

YIN LENG CHAN
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

CHUAN ENG CHU
Vice President—Human Resources

MIKE LLOYD
Vice President—Manufacturing

CHEE MENG WAN
Vice President—Sourcing

CLEMENT CHIN
Area General Manager—Beverage Packaging China and Hong Kong

WAI KITT CHIN
Area General Manager—Beverage Packaging Cambodia

PHILIP CHOO
Area General Manager—Beverage Packaging Vietnam

POONNARAT NGAOTEPPRUTARAM
Area General Manager—Beverage, Food & Aerosol Packaging Thailand

SIMON TAN
Area General Manager—Beverage Packaging Other SE-Asia

DRAGON WONG
Area General Manager—Beverage Packaging China and Hong Kong  
& Superior Multi-Packaging Limited

CROWN PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY

JOHN M. ROST
President

BRIAN ROGERS
Vice President—Project Management and Engineering

TRANSIT PACKAGING

MATTHEW R. MADEKSZA
President

LENNART BANGMAN
Group President—EMEA

MARCOS BIANCHI
Group President—Americas

DIETMAR HOLZMANN
Group President—Automation & Packaging Technologies

GAURAV MAHESHWARI
Group President—Asia Pacific

ROBERT BARKER
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

GIAN LUCA BON
Senior Vice President—Global Procurement

ROSANA FORTENBERRY
Senior Vice President—Global Human Resources

RICHARD MORGAN
Senior Vice President and General Counsel

MICHAEL K. WATTS
Senior Vice President—Strategy & Business Development

PATRICK STAGGS
Vice President—Operations, Global CI, QA & EH&S

OLIVER STREIT
Chief Financial Officer

INVESTOR INFORMATION

COMPANY PROFILE

Crown Holdings, Inc. , through its subsidiaries, is a worldwide leader in 
the design, manufacture and sale of packaging products for consumer 
goods and industrial products. World headquarters are located in 
Tampa, Florida. As of December 31, 2024, the Company operated 189 
plants located in 39 countries, employing 23,000 people.

STOCK TRADING INFORMATION

Stock Symbol: CCK (Common)

Stock Exchange Listing: New York Stock Exchange

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS

Hidden River Corporate Center Two 
14025 Riveredge Drive, Suite 300 
Tampa, FL 33637 
215-698-5100

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Registered shareholders needing information about stock holdings, 
transfer requirements, registration changes, account consolidations, 
lost certificates or address changes should contact the Company’s 
stock transfer agent and registrar:

MAILING ADDRESS

EQ Shareowner Services 
1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101 
Mendota Heights, MN 55120

GENERAL TELEPHONE NUMBER 

1-800-468-9716 

WEBSITE 

www.shareowneronline.com

Owners of shares in street name (shares held by any bank or 
broker in the name of the bank or brokerage house) should direct 
communications or administrative matters to their bank or stockbroker.

FORM 10-K AND OTHER REPORTS

The Company will provide without charge a copy of its Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, excluding exhibits, as filed with the U.S. Securities and 
Exchange Commission (“SEC”). To request a copy of the Company’s 
Annual Report, call toll-free 888-400-7789 or write to Investor 
Relations Department, Crown Holdings, Inc. , Hidden River Corporate 
Center Two, 14025 Riveredge Drive, Suite 300, Tampa, FL 33637

INTERNET

Visit our website at www.crowncork.com for more information about 
the Company, including news releases and investor information.

CERTIFICATIONS

The Company included as Exhibit 31 to its 2024 Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 
certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
of the Company. The CEO and CFO certify to, among other things, the 
information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K. The Company has 
also submitted to the New York Stock Exchange a certification from the 
CEO certifying that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of 
New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards.

Section 6 | 25

6  FORM 10K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ___ to ___

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-41550
CROWN HOLDINGS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

14025 Riveredge Drive, Suite 300

Tampa

FL

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 215-698-5100 
____________________

75-3099507

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

33637-2015

(Zip Code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
Title of each class
Common Stock $5.00 Par Value
7 3/8% Debentures Due 2026
7 1/2% Debentures Due 2096

Trading Symbols
CCK
CCK26
CCK96

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:  NONE

(Title of Class)
 ____________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 
12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  Registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filings  requirements  for  the  past  90 
days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s 
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  emerging  growth 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act

Large Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated filer

  ☒
  ☐

   Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial 
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes  ☒   No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes ☐    No  ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the 
correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.    Yes ☐    No  ☒
Indicate  by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the 
registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).    Yes ☐    No  ☒
As of June 30, 2024 120,867,675 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, excluding shares held in Treasury, were issued and outstanding, and the aggregate market value 
of such shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on such date was $8,940,581,920 based on the New York Stock Exchange closing price for such shares on that date.
As of February 28, 2025, 117,552,541 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock were issued and outstanding. 

Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 1, 2025

Part III to the extent described therein

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Document

Parts Into Which Incorporated

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
2024 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1. Business
ITEM 1A. Risk Factors
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
ITEM 1C. Cybersecurity
ITEM 2. Properties
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings
ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities
ITEM 6. [Reserved]
ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 
B.    Acquisitions and Divestitures
C.    Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash
D.    Receivables
E.    Inventories
F.    Goodwill 
G.    Intangible Assets
H.    Property, Plant and Equipment
I.     Leases
J.    Other Non-Current Assets
K.    Accrued Liabilities
L.    Supplier Finance Program Obligations
M.    Restructuring and Other
N.    Debt
O.    Derivative and Other Financial Instruments
P.    Asbestos-Related Liabilities
Q.    Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
R.    Other Non-Current Liabilities
S.    Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
T.    Income Taxes
U.    Capital Stock
V.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Attributable to Crown Holdings
W.    Revenue
X.    Stock-Based Compensation
Y.    Earnings Per Share
Z.    Segment Information

SCHEDULE II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

1
1
7
21
21
21
24
24
24
24

24
26
41
42
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
50
50
54
55
55
55
56
56
57
57
58
59
59
59
61
62
66
68
70
70
78
80
81
81
82
83
84
87

Crown Holdings, Inc.

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures
ITEM 9B. Other Information
ITEM 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

PART III

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary 
SIGNATURES

PART IV

87
87
87
88
88
88
88
89
89
89
90
90
96
97

3

 
ITEM 1. Business

Crown Holdings, Inc.

PART I

Crown Holdings, Inc. (the "Company" or the "Registrant") (where the context requires, the "Company" shall include reference 
to the Company and its consolidated subsidiary companies) is a Pennsylvania corporation.

The Company was founded in 1892 and is a leading global diversified packaging business that manufactures metal cans and 
ends  (aluminum  and  steel)  for  the  beverage,  food  and  aerosol  industries  and  a  wide  range  of  transit  packaging  products  and 
solutions  from  multiple  substrates  including  steel,  paper,  and  plastic.  The  Company's  transit  packaging  products  include 
automation and equipment technologies, protective packaging solutions and steel and plastic consumables which are sold into 
the metals, food and beverage, construction, agricultural, corrugated, and general industries. 

At December 31, 2024, the Company operated 189 plants along with sales and service facilities throughout 39 countries and 
had approximately 23,000 employees.  In 2024, consolidated net sales for the Company were $11.8 billion with 63% derived 
from operations outside the United States ("U.S.")  

Approximately 72% of the Company's consolidated net sales were derived from the Company's global beverage can business. 
Over  the  last  several  years,  the  Company  has  deployed  capital  to  expand  production  capacity  in  its  global  beverage  can 
operations to support growing customer demand in both the alcoholic and non-alcoholic drink categories serving local, regional 
and global customers.  The beverage can continues to disproportionately be the package of choice for new beverage product 
introductions.  The  Company  continues  to  drive  innovation  by  increasing  its  ability  to  offer  multiple  specialty  can  sizes, 
including  slim  and  sleek  cans,  to  help  customers  differentiate  their  products.  It  also  continues  to  deliver  new  printing  and 
decorating  capabilities,  as  well  as  services  that  aid  customers  throughout  the  entire  production  cycle,  from  consultation  and 
development to line implementation and quality assurance. 

The  Company  is  guided  by  commitments  to  its  stakeholders  and  its  own  goals  to  foster  a  resilient  business  with  longevity, 
which requires an emphasis on financial performance and sustainability. The Company’s Twentyby30TM program, which is a 
comprehensive  sustainability  strategy  that  outlines  twenty  measurable  goals  to  be  achieved  by  2030,  has  accelerated  critical 
initiatives and progress around carbon footprint management and efficient use of resources, among other issues.

The  Company  continues  to  leverage  the  inherent  eco-friendly  benefits  of  its  primary  product,  metal  packaging,  to  advance 
toward its targets. Both aluminum and steel cans are infinitely recyclable. Aluminum beverage cans remain the world’s most 
recycled beverage packaging, exemplify sustainability and are a strong contributor to the circular economy. The Company is 
working in conjunction with industry partners to drive higher recycling rates and increase recycled content to ensure infinitely 
recycled metal packaging is available for generations of future use.  Additionally, Transit Packaging uses recycled materials in 
its paper, cardboard and strapping products. 

REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

The  Company's  business  is  generally  organized  by  product  line  and  geography.    The  reportable  segments  are:  Americas 
Beverage,  European  Beverage,  Asia  Pacific  and  Transit  Packaging.    Operations  are  managed  regionally  to  best  serve  our 
customers. 

AMERICAS BEVERAGE

The  Americas  Beverage  segment  manufactures  infinitely  recyclable  aluminum  beverage  cans  and  ends,  glass  bottles,  steel 
crowns and aluminum caps.  Manufacturing facilities are located in the U.S., Brazil, Canada, Colombia and Mexico. Americas 
Beverage  had  net  sales  in  2024  of  $5.2  billion  and  segment  income  (as  defined  under  Note  Z  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements) of $987 million.

EUROPEAN BEVERAGE

The European Beverage segment manufactures infinitely recyclable aluminum beverage cans and ends in Europe, the Middle 
East and North Africa. European Beverage had net sales in 2024 of $2.1 billion and segment income (as defined under Note Z 
to the consolidated financial statements) of $276 million.

ASIA PACIFIC

The  Asia  Pacific  segment  manufactures  infinitely  recyclable  beverage  cans  and  ends,  food  cans  and  specialty  packaging  in 
Cambodia, China, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar, Thailand and Vietnam.

1

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The  Asia  Pacific  segment  had  net  sales  in  2024  of  $1.2  billion  and  segment  income  (as  defined  under  Note  Z  to  the 
consolidated financial statements) of $195 million.

TRANSIT PACKAGING

The  Company's  Transit  Packaging  segment  includes  the  Company’s  worldwide  automation  and  equipment  technologies, 
protective  packaging  solutions  and  steel  and  plastic  consumables.    Automation  and  equipment  technologies  include  manual, 
semi-automatic  and  automatic  equipment  and  tools,  which  are  primarily  used  in  end-of-line  operations  to  apply  and  remove 
consumables such as strap and film.  Protective solutions include standard and purpose designed products, such as airbags, edge 
protectors, and honeycomb products, among others that help prevent movement of, and/or damage to, a wide range of industrial 
and consumer goods during transport.  Steel and plastic consumables include steel strap, plastic strap, industrial film and other 
related products that are used across a wide range of industries. The automation and equipment business along with our product 
offering allow the Company to offer a comprehensive solution to pack, wrap, strap, secure and store products all over the world. 

The  Transit  Packaging  segment  had  net  sales  in  2024  of  $2.1  billion  and  segment  income  (as  defined  under  Note  Z  to  the 
consolidated financial statements) of $270 million.

OTHER

The  Company's  other  segments  ("Other")  include  the  Company's  food  can,  aerosol  can  and  closures  businesses  in  North 
America,  and  beverage  tooling  and  equipment  operations  in  the  U.S.  and  the  United  Kingdom  ("U.K.").    The  Company 
manufactures a variety of food and aerosol cans and ends and closures in assorted shapes and sizes.  The Company’s customers 
include manufacturers of food, including pet food, personal care, household and industrial products.

Additional financial information concerning the Company’s reportable segments is set forth within “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report and under Note Z to the consolidated 
financial statements.

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

Global marketers qualify suppliers on the basis of their ability to provide quality service, innovation and technologies in a cost-
effective manner.  With its global reach, the Company primarily markets and sells products to customers through its own sales 
and marketing staff.  In some instances, contracts with customers are centrally negotiated, but products are ordered through and 
distributed  directly  by  the  Company’s  local  facilities.  The  Company’s  facilities  are  generally  located  in  proximity  to  their 
respective major customers. The Company works closely with customers in order to develop new business and to extend the 
duration of existing contracts.

Many customers provide the Company with quarterly or annual estimates of product requirements along with related quantities 
pursuant to which periodic commitments are given. Such estimates assist the Company in managing production and controlling 
the use of working capital. The Company schedules its production to meet customer requirements. Because the production time 
for  the  Company’s  rigid  packaging  products  is  short,  any  backlog  of  customer  orders  in  relation  to  overall  sales  is  not 
significant.  The standard backlog in Transit Packaging’s automation, equipment and tools business is typically not significant, 
however, supply chain constraints may increase the backlog from time to time.  

COMPETITION

Most  of  the  Company’s  packaging  products  for  consumer  goods  are  sold  in  highly  competitive  markets,  primarily  based  on 
price,  quality,  service  and  performance.  The  Company  competes  with  other  packaging  manufacturers  as  well  as  with  fillers, 
food processors and packers, some of whom manufacture containers for their own use and for sale to others. The Company’s 
competitors  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  Ardagh  Metal  Packaging,  Ball  Corporation,  Can-Pack  S.A.,  Metal  Container 
Corporation, Silgan Holdings Inc., Sonoco, and Trivium Packaging.

Transit  Packaging  also  faces  substantial  competition  from  many  regional  and  local  competitors  of  various  sizes  in  the 
manufacture, distribution and sale of its products.  Transit Packaging differentiates itself from the competition by leveraging its 
global  scale,  broad  product  portfolio  and  established  brand  reputation.    Transit  Packaging  products  compete,  to  some  extent, 
with various other packaging materials, including other products made of paper, plastics, wood and various types of metal.

2

CUSTOMERS

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The  Company’s  largest  beverage  can  customers  consist  of  many  of  the  leading  manufacturers  and  marketers  of  packaged 
consumer  products  in  the  world,  including  Anheuser-Busch  InBev,  Coca-Cola,  Heineken,  Keurig  Dr  Pepper,  Molson  Coors, 
Pepsi-Cola  and  Refresco,  among  others.    In  addition  to  sales  to  Coca-Cola  and  Pepsi-Cola,  the  Company  also  supplies 
independent  licensees  of  Coca-Cola  and  Pepsi-Cola.    Consolidation  trends  among  beverage  marketers  have  led  to  a 
concentrated customer base. The Company’s top ten global customers represented in the aggregate approximately 48% of its 
2024 consolidated net sales. 

For the year ended December 31, 2024, two customers each accounted for 12% of the Company's consolidated net sales. For 
the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  these  two  customers  each  accounted  for  12%  and  11%,  of  the  Company's 
consolidated net sales.  These customers are global beverage companies served by the Company's beverage operations in the 
Americas, Europe and Asia. 

Each reportable segment, with the exception of Transit Packaging, has major customers and the loss of one or more of these 
major customers could have a material adverse effect on an individual segment or the Company as a whole.  

MATERIALS AND SUPPLIERS

The Company uses various raw materials, primarily aluminum and steel, in its manufacturing operations.  Transit Packaging 
also  uses  materials  derived  from  crude  oil  and  natural  gas,  such  as  polyethylene  and  polypropylene.  In  general,  these  raw 
materials  are  purchased  in  highly  competitive,  price-sensitive  markets,  which  have  historically  exhibited  price  and  demand 
cyclicality.  These  and  other  materials  used  in  the  manufacturing  process  have  historically  been  available  in  adequate  supply 
from multiple sources.

The Company has agreements for what it considers adequate supplies of raw materials. However, sufficient quantities may not 
be available in the future due to, among other things, shortages due to excessive demand, weather or other factors, including 
disruptions in supply caused by raw material transportation or production delays. From time to time, some of the raw materials 
have been in short supply but, to date, these shortages have not had a significant impact on the Company’s operations.

In  2024,  consumption  of  aluminum  and  steel  represented  46%  and  7%,  respectively,  of  consolidated  cost  of  products  sold, 
excluding depreciation and amortization. Due to the significance of these raw materials to the overall cost of products sold, raw 
material efficiency is a critical cost component of the products manufactured. Supplier consolidations, changes in ownership, 
government regulations including tariffs, trade restrictions or retaliatory trade measures, political unrest and increased demand 
for raw materials in the packaging and other industries, among other risk factors, could cause uncertainty as to the availability 
of and the level of prices at which the Company might be able to source such raw materials in the future. Moreover, the prices 
of aluminum and steel can be subject to significant volatility. The Company’s raw material supply contracts vary as to terms 
and duration, with aluminum contracts typically multi-year in duration with fluctuating prices based on aluminum ingot costs 
and steel contracts typically one year in duration with fixed prices or set repricing dates.   

The  Company  generally  attempts  to  mitigate  its  aluminum  and  steel  price  risk  by  matching  its  purchase  obligations  with  its 
sales agreements; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to fully mitigate that risk.  The Company 
also uses commodity and foreign currency forwards in an attempt to manage its exposure to aluminum price volatility.

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to fully recover from its customers the impact of aluminum and steel 
price increases or that the use of derivative instruments will effectively manage the Company’s exposure to price volatility. In 
addition, if the Company were unable to purchase aluminum and steel for a significant period of time, its operations would be 
disrupted, and if the Company were unable to fully recover the higher cost of aluminum and steel, its financial results may be 
adversely affected. 

As a result of continuing global supply and demand pressures, other commodity-related costs affecting the Company’s business 
may  increase  as  well,  including  utility  and  freight-related  costs.    The  Company  attempts  to  increase  prices  on  its  products 
accordingly in order to recover these costs.  Certain of the Company's sales contracts contain non-metal pass-through provisions 
that  include  annual  selling  price  adjustments  based  on  a  producer  price  index.    In  certain  years  the  referenced  index  may  be 
negative, requiring the Company to reduce its selling price while its actual costs may have increased.

In response to the volatility of raw material prices, ongoing productivity and cost reduction efforts in recent years have focused 
on improving raw material cost management.  The Company’s manufacturing facilities are dependent, in varying degrees, upon 
the  availability  of  water  and  processed  energy,  such  as  natural  gas  and  electricity.  Certain  of  these  may  become  difficult  or 

3

Crown Holdings, Inc.

impossible  to  obtain  on  acceptable  terms  due  to  external  factors,  which  could  increase  the  Company’s  costs  or  interrupt  its 
business.

In addition to mitigating risks around pricing, the Company maintains its commitment to upholding and evolving standards for 
ethics  and  compliance  as  it  sources  materials.  Regular  engagement  with  suppliers  is  ongoing  to  manage  materials  and  the 
impact  on  environments  and  communities.  The  Company  strives  to  ensure  partners  meet  standards  for  responsible  supply  as 
noted in the formal Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.  Through the Twentyby30 program, the Company has committed to 
sourcing standards that by 2030 require 100% of core raw materials and service suppliers, by spend, to be assessed and comply 
with Crown Responsible and Ethical Sourcing policies and requirements.

SUSTAINABILITY

Sustainability remains a core focus of the Company’s business strategy and commitments. The Company recognizes the role of 
corporate  social  responsibility  and  the  impact  of  sustainability  performance  on  economic  opportunity  and  stakeholder 
relationships,  including  customers  and  employees.  As  a  major  manufacturer  with  operations  worldwide,  the  Company  can 
significantly  impact  industry  progress  by  supporting  important  sustainability  initiatives  and  adopting  practices  that  create 
change both within the organization and within partner relationships.

In  2020,  Crown  established  its  comprehensive  Twentyby30  program,  setting  20  measurable  goals  to  be  reached  by  2030  or 
sooner.  These  objectives  encompass  all  aspects  of  sustainability  and  reflect  areas  considered  material  to  the  Company’s 
business  as  well  as  areas  where  it  can  create  notable  impact.  Structured  within  five  core  program  pillars  of  Climate  Action, 
Resource Efficiency, Optimum Circularity, Working Together and Never Compromise, these initiatives include efforts such as 
making  operational  improvements  in  energy,  water  and  waste  and  elevating  our  focus  on  material  use  efficiency,  recycling, 
responsible and ethical sourcing and food contact and safety. 

The Company maintains a Corporate Environmental Sustainability Policy; a Human Rights Policy; a Responsible and Ethical 
Sourcing  Policy;  a  Conflict  Minerals  Policy;  and  an  Environmental,  Health  and  Safety  Policy.  These  policies  serve  as 
guidelines for all employees to adhere to as the Company works to advance its sustainability strategy.

Across  Twentyby30  program  pillars,  the  Company  works  toward  continuous  improvement  in  product  design  and 
manufacturing practices to provide the best outcome for the environment, communities, employees and consumers, both now 
and in the future. 

Aluminum and steel contribute to these improvements as, by nature, they are infinitely recyclable without loss of properties. 
This  means  they  can  be  used  repeatedly  to  form  new  consumer  packaging  with  no  degradation  in  performance,  quality  or 
safety. Recycling these metals offers significant savings in energy and water consumption, as well as carbon dioxide emissions. 
As such, the Company is collaborating with industry partners to improve consumer recycling rates and increasing the use of 
recycled  content.    In  addition,  the  Company  is  making  strides  in  its  energy  and  water  usage  on  a  global  level,  working  to 
implement more renewable energy, minimize water usage and execute water replenishment programs. 

The Company made the following efforts in 2024 to be a more proactive sustainability leader:

•

•

Commissioned  additional  water  replenishment  projects  to  replenish  water  used  in  high  water  stress  regions.  The 
Company now has projects commissioned in: Brazil, Greece, Spain and Tunisia; and

Together with The Can Manufacturer’s Institute and the International Aluminium Institute, participated in the second 
global  aluminum  can  summit  to  drive  further  industry  movement  toward  shared  sustainability  agenda  items  such  as 
recycled content and climate change mitigation. 

Socially, the Company is continuing to elevate its commitments to community engagement through volunteer opportunities and 
a charitable giving program, which donates to various non-profit organizations across the regions in which it operates. Within 
its  own  workforce,  the  Company  is  prioritizing  employee  welfare  and  striving  to  more  regularly  engage  its  professionals  to 
foster a more connected global team dedicated to individual and collective improvement as an organization.  

As a result of its collective efforts, the Company has recently received the following recognitions in 2024:

4

Crown Holdings, Inc.

•

•

•

The Company was awarded #1 publicly traded spot within the Containers and Packaging industry category by ESG 
ratings provider Sustainalytics for managing ESG risk within the Containers and Packaging industry category.  This 
marks the fifth year in a row the Company landed in the top 3% in the "Containers and Packaging" category.

The Company was named as one of “America’s Climate Leaders” by USA TODAY and Statista.

The  Company  was  recognized  within  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency’s  ("EPA")  Top  30  Green  Power 
Partners from the Fortune 500 list.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Company’s operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment, disposal 
of  waste,  discharges  into  water,  emissions  into  the  atmosphere  and  the  protection  of  employee  health  and  safety.  Future 
regulations  may  impose  stricter  environmental  requirements  on  the  packaging  industry  and  may  require  additional  capital 
investment.  Anticipated  future  restrictions  in  some  jurisdictions  on  the  use  of  certain  coatings  may  require  the  Company  to 
employ additional control equipment or process modifications. There can be no assurance that current or future environmental 
laws  or  liabilities  will  not  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  condition,  liquidity  or  results  of 
operations. Discussion of the Company’s environmental matters is contained within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report under the caption “Environmental Matters,” and under 
Note Q to the consolidated financial statements.

HUMAN CAPITAL

At December 31, 2024, the Company had approximately 23,000 employees worldwide, with approximately 6,000 employed by 
the  Americas  Beverage  segment,  3,500  employed  by  the  European  Beverage  segment,  4,000  employed  by  the  Asia  Pacific 
segment, 7,500 employed by the Transit Packaging segment and 2,000 employed by Other. 

A  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  workforce  is  unionized.  Collective  bargaining  agreements  with  varying  terms  and 
expiration dates cover approximately 10,000 employees. The Company did not experience any significant union-initiated work 
stoppages during the 2024 fiscal year and believes that its employee relations remain good. The Company does not expect that 
renegotiation of any collective bargaining agreements expiring in 2025 will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated 
results of operations, financial position or cash flow. 

The Company believes that its employees are key to achieving the Company’s business goals and growth strategy. Attracting, 
developing and retaining the most skilled and engaged people globally is crucial to all aspects of the Company’s activities. To 
this end, the Company has cultivated a senior management team with extensive industry experience and highly complementary 
skill  sets  and  has  consistently  re-invested  in  necessary  resources  to  effectively  staff  and  efficiently  support  its  businesses.  It 
continues to fill corporate and plant roles worldwide with individuals who possess material, design and manufacturing expertise 
and  can  cultivate  lasting  customer  relationships.  To  aid  retention,  the  Company  aspires  to  offer  market  rate  competitive 
compensation  packages  to  all  its  staff  and  it  provides  professional  development  opportunities  that  both  contribute  to  the 
Company’s success and maximize employees' potential.  It also aims to implement a positive and inclusive work environment 
that prioritizes employee safety, fosters an inclusive atmosphere and creates a fulfilling career. 

The Company supports the well-being of its employees and their families with a variety of physical, mental and social wellness 
programs, as well as rigorous on-the-job safety programs.  Physical health and wellness programs differ by region, but include 
Company-sponsored  or  subsidized  medical  insurance  over  and  above  government  provisions,  annual  medical,  cancer  and 
audiometry  screenings,  and  voluntary  health  fairs.    The  Company  offers  employee  mental  health  assistance  programs.  The 
Company has built a total safety culture that provides the framework for all health and safety initiatives across the Company 
and empowers employees to take a proactive role in their safety and that of their fellow employees. The Company’s focus is on 
behaviors and attitudes and achieving success in incident, injury and near-miss reductions. 

The Company recognizes that a diverse and inclusive workforce is part of its future business success. It has integrated Diversity 
&  Inclusion  (D&I)  as  a  dimension  of  its  Twentyby30  sustainability  program,  aiming  to  embed  D&I  awareness  in  its 
organizational culture. The Company believes different backgrounds, experiences and perspectives generate powerful new ideas 
and foster sound and sustainable decision making.  The Company’s approach includes deployment of D&I training initiatives, 
such  as  psychological  safety  and  unconscious  bias  trainings,  and  improvement  of  its  recruitment  and  onboarding  processes. 
Recruitment programs to attract diverse talent into the organization include an accelerated manufacturing program, first focused 
on  engineering  skills,  which  includes  assignments  in  various  businesses  and  countries  to  encourage  a  flexible  mindset.  This 
program  provides  an  opportunity  for  diverse  candidates  to  progress  quickly  to  higher  functions  within  the  organization.  The 

5

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Company  continues  to  focus  on  improving  gender  and  cultural  diversity  in  the  organization,  including  developing  and 
empowering minorities and women through greater career opportunity and recognition.

To give every employee the opportunity to feel heard, supported and valued and to continue building its inclusive culture, the 
Company  implemented  a  new  employee  engagement  survey  globally.  The  Company  aims  to  better  understand  what  the 
employee experience looks like at Crown, what works well and what can be improved.

The  Company  places  a  high  value  on  skills  management  and  lifelong  learning  opportunities  that  benefit  both  the  individual 
employee  and  the  whole  Company.  The  Company  provides  a  variety  of  educational  opportunities,  including  a  mix  of 
mandatory and voluntary training programs that occur in classrooms, online and on the job. The Company also recognizes the 
importance  of  multifunctional  teams  and  as  such,  management  training  includes  international  exposure  and  cross-divisional 
activity  to  develop  common  approaches  and  values.  Talent  development  programs  vary  by  region,  but  include  leadership 
programs designed to support operations leadership, lean manufacturing operations and employee performance management.  

While updating its Human Rights policy based on the latest legal developments, the company has developed a comprehensive 
Human Rights training program translated into the predominant local languages used within our organization. This program is 
designed  to  improve  our  employees’  understanding,  awareness  and  commitment  to  human  rights  principles  within  our 
organization.

The  Company  maintains  a  written  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  which  describes  its  policies  with  respect  to,  among 
other things, anti-corruption, protection of confidential information, and environmental, health and safety matters, as well as the 
Company’s  commitment  to  ensuring  that  all  employees  are  treated  with  respect  and  dignity  and  are  able  to  work  in  an 
environment free from all forms of unlawful employment discrimination. The Company’s compliance teams are responsible for 
implementing  these  policies.    The  Company's  compliance  program  includes  a  mechanism  for  employees  to  report  suspected 
violations of Company policies on a confidential basis, including anonymous reporting where permitted by local law.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

The Company's global Research, Development & Engineering ("RD&E") Center for packaging products for consumer goods is 
located  in  Wantage,  U.K.  The  Company  utilizes  its  centralized  corporate  RD&E  capabilities  to  advance  and  deliver 
technologies for the Company's worldwide packaging activities that (1) promote development of value-added metal packaging 
systems  for  its  customers,  (2)  design  cost-efficient  manufacturing  processes,  systems  and  materials  and  material-efficient 
container designs that further the sustainability of metal packaging, (3) provide continuous quality and/or production efficiency 
improvements  in  its  manufacturing  facilities,  (4)  advance  customer  and  supplier  relationships,  and  (5)  provide  value-added 
engineering  services  and  technical  support.  These  capabilities  facilitate  (1)  the  identification  of  new  and/or  expanded  market 
opportunities by working directly with customers to develop new packaging products or enhance existing packaging products 
through the application of new technologies that better differentiate customers' products in the retail environment (for example, 
the creation of new packaging shapes, novel decoration methods, or the addition of digital content through unique codes) and/or 
the incorporation of consumer-valued features (for example, improved openability and/or ease of use) and (2) the reduction of 
manufacturing  costs  by  reducing  the  material  content  of  the  Company's  products  (while  retaining  necessary  performance 
characteristics),  reducing  spoilage,  and  increasing  operating  efficiencies  in  manufacturing  facilities.    The  corporate  RD&E 
Center  is  also  applying  technical  expertise  to  advance  product  design  and  manufacturing  capabilities  for  the  Company's 
beverage equipment operations and its Transit Packaging segment, supplementing the group's existing product developments.

The Company maintains a substantial portfolio of patents and other intellectual property ("IP") in the field of metal packaging 
systems  and  seeks  strategic  partnerships  to  extend  its  IP  in  existing  and  emerging  markets.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has 
licensed  IP  in  geographic  regions  where  the  Company  has  a  limited  market  presence  today.  Existing  technologies  such  as 
SuperEnd®  beverage  ends,  360  End™  beverage  ends,  Easy-Flow™  beverage  ends  and  can  shaping  have  been  licensed  in 
Europe, Australia, Japan, and Africa to provide customers with global access to Crown's brand building innovations. In addition 
to  package  components,  the  Company  maintains  a  legacy  of  innovation  that  features  numerous  industry-firsts,  including 
launching  new  interactive  inks,  decorative  and  shaping  techniques,  new  package  sizes  and  styles  and  new  canmaking 
technologies.  Recent  examples  include  the  Company’s  Accents™  variable  printing  technology,  which  facilitates  up  to  24 
different beverage can designs in a single run, and its Quantum™ debossing technology, which implements unique textures on 
food  cans  that  replace  can  wall  beading  with  proprietary  debossed  patterns,  such  as  hexagonal  or  oval  arrays,  to  prevent 
counterfeiting  and  reduce  material  usage  by  up  to  13%.    The  RD&E  team  has  also  expanded  efforts  to  advance  innovations 
through strategic partnerships with suppliers and through the use of Open Innovation to access new technologies.  These efforts 
are  aimed  at  enhancing  the  Company's  products  for  our  customers  by  developing  improved  coatings  with  enhanced  barriers, 
new decoration technology (such as digital printing), and improved container functionality (such as enhanced resealability).

Transit Packaging is also well known throughout its markets for its ability to drive product innovation and leadership in new 
technologies.  Transit  Packaging  focuses  on  market  driven  innovation  and  has  a  long  history  of  creating  product  and  service 

6

Crown Holdings, Inc.

solutions  that  solve  problems  and  create  value  for  its  customers.    Transit  Packaging  has  grown  its  global  patent  portfolio  to 
nearly  360  U.S.  issued  patents  or  pending  patent  applications  and  over  980  foreign  issued  patents  or  pending  patent 
applications.  The portfolio broadly covers over 350 customized technologies and spans diverse business platforms, as well as 
the different countries in which it operates.

The Company spent $32 million in 2024, $33 million in 2023, and $34 million in 2022 in its RD&E activities. 

WORKING CAPITAL

The  Company  historically  uses  cash  during  the  first  nine  months  of  the  year  to  finance  seasonal  working  capital  needs.  
Beverage products are generally consumed in greater amounts during the warmer months and the food packaging business is 
somewhat  seasonal  with  the  first  quarter  tending  to  be  the  slowest  period  as  the  autumn  packaging  period  in  the  Northern 
Hemisphere has ended and new crops are not yet planted.  The Company’s working capital requirements are funded by cash 
flows from operations, revolving credit facilities and receivables securitization and factoring programs.

Further information relating to the Company’s liquidity and capital resources is set forth within “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report under the caption “Liquidity” and under Note 
N to the consolidated financial statements.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The  Company’s  website  address  is  www.crowncork.com.  Information  on  the  Company’s  website  is  not  incorporated  by 
reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-
Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K  and  all  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  by  the  Company  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission pursuant to sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are accessible 
free of charge through the Company’s website as soon as reasonably practicable after the documents are filed with, or otherwise 
furnished to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").  The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy 
and  information  statements,  and  other  information  regarding  issuers,  including  the  Company,  that  file  electronically  with  the 
SEC. The public can obtain any documents that the Company files with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. 

The  Company’s  Sustainability  Report,  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  its  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines,  and  the 
charters  of  its  Audit,  Compensation  and  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  committees  are  available  on  the  Company’s 
website. These documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests them.  Amendments to and waivers of the 
Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  requiring  disclosure  under  applicable  SEC  rules  will  be  disclosed  on  the  Company's 
website.

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report and in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations," the following are some of the important factors that could materially and adversely affect 
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Risks Relating to the Company's Business and Industry

The  Company's  profits  will  decline  if  the  price  of  raw  materials  or  energy  rises  and  it  cannot  increase  the  price  of  its 
products, and the Company's financial results could be adversely affected if the Company was not able to obtain sufficient 
quantities of raw materials. 

The Company uses various raw materials, such as aluminum, steel, tin, and materials derived from crude oil and natural gas, 
such  as  polyethylene  and  polypropylene  resin,  and  also  water,  natural  gas,  electricity  and  other  processed  energy,  in  its 
manufacturing  activities.    Sufficient  quantities  of  these  raw  materials  may  not  be  available  in  the  future  or  may  be  available 
only at increased prices. In 2024, consumption of aluminum and steel represented 46% and 7% of the Company's consolidated 
cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization.  The Company's raw material supply contracts vary as to terms 
and duration, with aluminum contracts typically multi-year in duration with fluctuating prices based on aluminum ingot costs 
and steel contracts typically one year in duration with fixed prices.  The availability of various raw materials and their prices 
depend  on  global  and  local  supply  and  demand  forces,  governmental  regulations  and  trade  policies  (including  tariffs  and 
duties),  level  of  production,  resource  availability,  transportation,  and  other  factors,  including  natural  disasters  such  as  floods 
and earthquakes, and pandemics (including possible reemergence of the COVID 19 pandemic). The U.S. has recently signaled 
its  intention  to  change  U.S.  trade  policy,  including  potentially  renegotiating  or  terminating  existing  trade  agreements  and 

7

Crown Holdings, Inc.

leveraging  tariffs.  In  February  2025,  the  U.S.  imposed  additional  tariffs  on  aluminum  and  steel  as  well  as  on  imports  from 
China and announced and subsequently paused implementation of tariffs from Canada and Mexico. These additional tariffs, as 
well as potential retaliation by another government against such tariffs or policies could significantly affect the price of steel, 
aluminum  and  other  raw  materials  used  by  the  Company,  which  may  adversely  affect  the  Company's  profits  and  financial 
results.

In recent years the consolidation of steel suppliers, shortage of raw materials affecting the production of steel and the increased 
global demand for steel, have contributed to an overall tighter supply for steel, resulting in increased steel prices and, in some 
cases,  special  surcharges  and  allocated  cut  backs  of  products  by  steel  suppliers.  Moreover,  future  steel  supply  contracts  may 
provide for prices that fluctuate or adjust rather than provide a fixed price during a one-year period. As a result of continuing 
global  supply  and  demand  pressures,  other  commodity-related  costs  affecting  the  Company's  business  may  increase  as  well, 
including natural gas, electricity and freight-related costs.

The prices of certain raw materials used by the Company, such as aluminum, steel and energy, have historically been subject to 
volatility.  The Company continues to manage the challenges of supply chain disruptions and fluctuating costs for raw materials 
and energy.  While certain, but not all, of the Company's contracts pass through raw material costs to customers, the Company 
may  be  unable  to  increase  its  prices  to  offset  increases  in  raw  material  costs  without  suffering  reductions  in  unit  volume, 
revenue  and  operating  income.  The  Company  also  uses  commodity  forward  contracts  to  manage  its  exposure  to  these  raw 
material costs.  The ability to mitigate inflationary risks through these measures varies by region and the impact on the results 
of the Company's segments for the year-ended December 31, 2024 is discussed, as applicable in "Management's Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Results of Operations."

In  addition,  any  price  increases  may  take  effect  after  related  cost  increases,  reducing  operating  income  in  the  near  term. 
Significant increases in raw material costs may increase the Company's working capital requirements, which may increase the 
Company's average outstanding indebtedness and interest expense and may exceed the amounts available under the Company's 
senior secured credit facilities and other sources of liquidity. In addition, the Company hedges raw material costs on behalf of 
certain customers and may suffer losses if such customers are unable to satisfy their purchase obligations.  

If  the  Company  is  unable  to  purchase  aluminum,  steel,  resins  or  other  raw  materials  for  a  significant  period  of  time,  the 
Company's  operations  would  be  disrupted  and  any  such  disruption  may  adversely  affect  the  Company's  financial  results.  If 
customers  believe  that  the  Company's  competitors  have  greater  access  to  raw  materials,  perceived  certainty  of  supply  at  the 
Company's competitors may put the Company at a competitive disadvantage with respect to pricing and product volumes.

The  Company's  principal  markets  may  be  subject  to  overcapacity  and  intense  competition,  which  could  reduce  the 
Company's net sales and net income. 

Beverage and food cans are standardized products, allowing for relatively little differentiation among competitors. This could 
lead to overcapacity and price competition among beverage and food can producers if capacity growth outpaced the growth in 
demand  for  beverage  and  food  cans  and  overall  manufacturing  capacity  exceeded  demand.  These  market  conditions  could 
reduce  product  prices  and  contribute  to  declining  revenue  and  net  income.    Competitive  pricing  pressures,  overcapacity,  the 
failure to develop new product designs and technologies for products, as well as other factors, such as consolidation among the 
Company's competitors, could cause the Company to lose existing business or opportunities to generate new business and could 
result in decreased cash flow and net income.  

The  Company  is  subject  to  competition  from  substitute  products  and  decreases  in  demand  for  its  products,  which  could 
result in lower profits and reduced cash flows. 

The  Company  is  subject  to  substantial  competition  from  producers  of  alternative  packaging  made  from  glass,  paper,  flexible 
materials and plastic. The Company's sales depend heavily on the volumes of sales by the Company's customers in the beverage 
and food markets. Changes in preferences for products and packaging by consumers of beverage cans and prepackaged food 
cans significantly influence the Company's sales. Changes in packaging by the Company's customers may require the Company 
to  re-tool  manufacturing  operations,  which  could  require  material  expenditures.  In  addition,  a  decrease  in  the  costs  of,  or  a 
further  increase  in  consumer  demand  for,  alternative  packaging  could  result  in  lower  profits  and  reduced  cash  flows  for  the 
Company.  For  example,  increases  in  the  price  of  aluminum  and  steel  and  decreases  in  the  price  of  plastic  resin,  which  is  a 
petrochemical product and may fluctuate with prices in the oil and gas market, may increase substitution of plastic food and 
beverage containers for metal containers, or increases in the price of steel may increase substitution of aluminum packaging for 
aerosol products. Moreover, due to its high percentage of fixed costs, the Company may be unable to maintain its gross margin 
at past levels if it is not able to achieve high capacity utilization rates for its production equipment. In periods of low worldwide 
demand for its products or in situations where industry expansion creates excess capacity, the Company experiences relatively 

8

Crown Holdings, Inc.

low  capacity  utilization  rates  in  its  operations,  which  can  lead  to  reduced  margins  and  can  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company's business.

The  Company's  business  results  depend  on  its  ability  to  understand  its  customers'  specific  preferences  and  requirements, 
and to develop, manufacture and market products that meet customer demand.

The  Company's  ability  to  develop  new  product  offerings  for  a  diverse  group  of  global  customers  with  differing  preferences, 
while maintaining functionality and spurring innovation, is critical to its success. This requires a thorough understanding of the 
Company's existing and potential customers on a global basis, particularly in developing markets and areas, such as the Middle 
East,  South  America,  Eastern  Europe  and  Asia.  Failure  to  deliver  quality  products  that  meet  customer  needs  ahead  of 
competitors could have a significant adverse effect on the Company's business.

Loss of third-party transportation providers upon whom the Company depends or increases in fuel prices could increase the 
Company's costs or cause a disruption in the Company's operations.

The  Company  depends  generally  upon  third-party  transportation  providers  for  delivery  of  products  to  customers.  Strikes, 
slowdowns, transportation disruptions or other conditions in the transportation industry, including, but not limited to, shortages 
of truck drivers, disruptions in rail service, decreases in the availability of vessels or increases in fuel prices, could increase the 
Company's costs and disrupt Company’s operations and its ability to service customers on a timely basis or cost-effective basis.

The Company's business is seasonal and weather conditions could reduce the Company's net sales. 

The Company manufactures metal and glass packaging primarily for the beverage and food can market. Its sales can be affected 
by weather conditions. Due principally to the seasonal nature of the soft drink, brewing, iced tea and other beverage industries, 
in which demand is stronger during the summer months, sales of the Company's products are expected to vary by quarter and by 
region. Unseasonably cool weather can reduce consumer demand for certain beverages packaged in the Company's containers. 
In  addition,  poor  weather  conditions  that  reduce  crop  yields  of  packaged  foods  can  decrease  customer  demand  for  its  food 
containers. 

The Company has a significant amount of goodwill that, if impaired in the future, would result in lower reported net income 
and a reduction of its net worth. 

Impairment  of  the  Company's  goodwill  would  require  a  write  down  of  goodwill,  which  would  reduce  the  Company's  net 
income in the period of any such write down. At December 31, 2024, the carrying value of the Company's goodwill was $3 
billion. The Company is required to evaluate goodwill reflected on its balance sheet at least annually or when circumstances 
indicate a potential impairment. If it determines that the goodwill is impaired, the Company would be required to write off a 
portion or all of the goodwill.

A  significant  portion  of  the  Company's  workforce  is  unionized  and  labor  disruptions  could  increase  the  Company's  costs 
and prevent the Company from supplying its customers.

A significant portion of the Company's workforce is unionized, and a prolonged work stoppage or strike at any facility with 
unionized  employees  could  increase  costs  and  prevent  the  Company  from  supplying  its  customers.  In  addition,  upon  the 
expiration of existing collective bargaining agreements, the Company may not reach new agreements without union or works 
council action in certain jurisdictions, and any such new agreements may not be on terms satisfactory to the Company.  If the 
Company  is  unable  to  negotiate  acceptable  collective  bargaining  agreements,  it  may  become  subject  to  union-initiated  work 
stoppages,  including  strikes.    Moreover,  additional  groups  of  currently  non-unionized  employees  may  seek  union  or  works 
council representation in the future. 

Failure  by  the  Company's  joint  venture  partners  to  observe  their  obligations  could  adversely  affect  the  business  and 
operations of the joint ventures and, in turn, the business and operations of the Company. 

A portion of the Company's operations, including certain beverage can operations in Asia, the Middle East and South America, 
is  conducted  through  joint  ventures.  The  Company  participates  in  these  ventures  with  third  parties.  In  the  event  that  the 
Company's  joint  venture  partners  do  not  observe  their  obligations  or  are  unable  to  commit  additional  capital  to  the  joint 
ventures, it is possible that the affected joint venture would not be able to operate in accordance with its business plans or that 
the Company would have to increase its level of commitment to the joint venture. 

9

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The loss of the Company's intellectual property rights may negatively impact its ability to compete. 

If  the  Company  is  unable  to  maintain  the  proprietary  nature  of  its  technologies,  its  competitors  may  use  its  technologies  to 
compete  with  it.  The  Company  has  a  number  of  patents  covering  various  aspects  of  its  products,  including  its  SuperEnd® 
beverage can end, whose primary patent expired in 2016 and Ideal™ product line. The Company's patents may not withstand 
challenge  in  litigation,  and  patents  do  not  ensure  that  competitors  will  not  develop  competing  products  or  infringe  upon  the 
Company's patents. Moreover, the costs of litigation to defend the Company's patents could be substantial and may outweigh 
the benefits of enforcing its rights under its patents. The Company markets its products internationally, and the patent laws of 
foreign countries may offer less protection than the patent laws of the U.S.  Not all of the Company's domestic patents have 
been  registered  in  other  countries.  The  Company  also  relies  on  trade  secrets,  know-how  and  other  unpatented  proprietary 
technology, and others may independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to the Company's 
unpatented technology. In addition, the Company has from time to time received letters from third parties suggesting that it may 
be infringing on their intellectual property rights, and third parties may bring infringement suits against the Company, which 
could result in the Company needing to seek licenses from these third parties or refraining altogether from use of the claimed 
technology.  

Business interruptions at the Company’s facilities could adversely impact the Company’s operations and financial results. 

Our  operations  depend  heavily  on  the  uninterrupted  performance  of  our  manufacturing  facilities.  Any  significant  disruption, 
whether  due  to  natural  disasters  (such  as  earthquakes,  fires,  floods,  or  hurricanes),  equipment  failures,  power  outages,  labor 
disputes,  cyberattacks,  supply  chain  breakdowns,  or  public  health  crises  could  materially  impair  our  ability  to  produce  and 
deliver products on schedule. Such events could lead to increased costs from repairs, lost production, or contractual penalties, as 
well as damage to customer relationships if we fail to meet demand. We carry insurance for certain interruptions, but coverage 
may not extend to all scenarios, may involve significant deductibles, or may be insufficient to offset losses.  

Risks Relating to the Company's International Operations 

The  Company's  international  operations,  which  generated  approximately  63%  of  its  consolidated  net  sales  in  2024,  are 
subject  to  various  risks  that  may  lead  to  decreases  in  its  financial  results,  particularly  in  the  case  of  the  Company's 
operations in emerging markets. 

The Company is an international company, and the risks associated with operating in non-U.S. jurisdictions, and with operating 
and seeking to expand business in a number of different regions and countries generally, exposes the Company to potentially 
conflicting cultural practices, business practices and legal and regulatory requirements and may have a negative impact on the 
Company’s liquidity and net income. The Company's international operations generated approximately 63% of its consolidated 
net sales in the years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022.  In addition, the Company’s business strategy includes continued expansion 
of  international  activities,  including  within  developing  markets  and  areas,  such  as  the  Middle  East,  South  America,  Eastern 
Europe and Asia, that may pose political and economic volatility and instability, greater vulnerability to infrastructure and labor 
disruptions  and  differing  local  customer  product  preferences  and  requirements  than  the  Company’s  other  markets.    The 
Company’s expansion efforts may also use capital and other resources of the Company that could be invested in other areas.  
Further,  if a downturn in  economic conditions ultimately leads  to a significant devaluation of a foreign currency such as  the 
euro, the value of any financial assets that are denominated in that currency may be reduced when translated to U.S. dollars for 
financial  reporting  purposes.  Any  of  these  conditions  could  ultimately  harm  the  Company’s  overall  business,  prospects, 
operating results, financial condition and cash flows.  

Emerging  markets  are  a  focus  of  the  Company’s  international  growth  strategy,  and  the  Company’s  success  in  developing 
market  share  and  operating  profitably  in  these  markets  is  critical  to  the  Company’s  growth.  The  developing  nature  of  these 
markets and the nature of the Company’s international operations generally are subject to various risks, including: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

foreign governments' restrictive trade policies; 

conflicting regulation (including with respect to product labelling, privacy, data protection and advanced technologies) 
and policy changes by foreign agencies or governments; 

duties,  taxes  or  government  royalties,  including  the  imposition  or  increase  of  withholding  and  other  taxes  on 
remittances and other payments by non-U.S. subsidiaries; 

customs, import/export control and other trade compliance regulations; 

foreign exchange rate risks and exchange controls; 

difficulty in collecting international accounts receivable and potentially longer payment cycles; 

increased costs in maintaining international manufacturing and marketing efforts; 

10

Crown Holdings, Inc.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•
•

•

•
•

non-tariff barriers and higher duty rates; 

difficulties associated with expatriating or repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner;

changes in tax laws and regulations; 

difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and intellectual property rights and difficulties in protecting intellectual 
property or sensitive commercial and operations data or information technology systems generally; 

national and regional labor strikes and work stoppages; 

geographic, language and cultural differences between personnel in different areas of the world; 

high social benefit costs for labor, including costs associated with restructurings; 

civil unrest or political, social, legal and economic instability; 

product boycotts, including with respect to the products of the Company's multi-national customers;

customer, supplier, and investor concerns regarding operations in areas such as the Middle East; 

taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation; 

imposition of limitations on conversions of foreign currencies into dollars or payment of dividends and other payments 
by non-U.S. subsidiaries; 

hyperinflation and currency devaluation in any country where such currency devaluation could affect the amount of 
cash generated by operations in that country and thereby affect the Company's ability to satisfy its obligations; 
geographical concentration of the Company’s factories and operations and regional shifts in its customer base; 

war (such as the ongoing military conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the Israel - Hamas conflict, and other 
hostilities in the Middle-East), civil disturbance, global or regional catastrophic events, natural disasters, and acts of 
terrorism; 

epidemics, pandemics, and other disease outbreaks and health crises (such as the possible reemergence of the  
COVID-19 pandemic);

the complexity of managing global operations; and
compliance with applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery laws and anti-money laundering laws and sanctions; and 
continuing legal, political and economic uncertainty following Brexit.

As  emerging  geographic  markets  become  more  important  to  the  Company,  its  competitors  are  also  seeking  to  expand  their 
production  capacities  and  sales  in  these  same  markets,  which  may  lead  to  industry  overcapacity  that  could  adversely  affect 
pricing, volumes and financial results in such markets. Although the Company is taking measures to adapt to these changing 
circumstances,  the  Company’s  reputation  and/or  business  results  could  be  negatively  affected  should  these  efforts  prove 
unsuccessful.  Furthermore,  the  continuing  and  accelerating  globalization  of  businesses  in  emerging  markets  and  elsewhere 
could  significantly  change  the  dynamics  of  the  Company’s  competition,  customer  base  and  product  offerings,  which  could 
adversely affect the Company’s financial position. 

The  Company  is  subject  to  the  effects  of  fluctuations  in  foreign  exchange  rates,  which  may  reduce  its  net  sales  and  cash 
flow. 

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies as a significant portion of its consolidated net sales, costs, assets 
and  liabilities,  are  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar.  The  Company's  international  operations  generated 
approximately  63%  of  its  consolidated  net  sales  in  the  years  ended  2024,  2023  and  2022.  Volatility  in  exchange  rates  may 
increase  the  costs  of  the  Company's  products,  impair  the  purchasing  power  of  its  customers  in  different  markets,  result  in 
significant competitive benefit to certain of its competitors who incur a material part of their costs in other currencies than it 
does, increase its hedging costs, and limit its ability to hedge exchange rate exposure. Although the Company may use financial 
instruments such as foreign currency forwards from time to time to reduce its exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations 
in some cases, it may not elect or have the ability to implement hedges or, if it does implement them, there can be no assurance 
that  such  agreements  will  achieve  the  desired  effect.  In  its  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  translates  local 
currency financial results into U.S. dollars based on average exchange rates prevailing during a reporting period. During times 
of a strengthening U.S. dollar, its reported international revenue and earnings will be reduced because the local currency will 
translate  into  fewer  U.S.  dollars.  Conversely,  a  weakening  U.S.  dollar  will  effectively  increase  the  dollar-equivalent  of  the 
Company's  expenses  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  See  “Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources-Market Risk” and "Quantitative and Qualitative 
Disclosure about Market Risk" in this Annual Report.

11

Crown Holdings, Inc.

For the year-ended 2024, the Company was primarily impacted by changes in the Mexican peso, the euro, the Chinese yuan and 
the Thai baht.  Additionally, the Company's Transit Packaging segment is a global business and is also impacted by changes in 
the  Indian  rupee,  the  Japanese  yen  and  the  Brazilian  real.    For  the  year-ended  December  31,  2024,  a  10%  movement  in  the 
average foreign exchange rates used to translate income and expense items during the year would have decreased net income by 
approximately $11 million.  

Risks Relating to the Company's Indebtedness and Liquidity

The substantial indebtedness of the Company could prevent it from fulfilling its obligations under its debt agreements.

The  Company  has  substantial  outstanding  indebtedness.  As  a  result  of  the  Company's  substantial  indebtedness,  a  significant 
portion  of  the  Company's  cash  flow  will  be  required  to  pay  interest  and  principal  on  its  outstanding  indebtedness,  and  the 
Company may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or have future borrowings available under its senior secured 
credit facilities, to enable it to repay its indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. As of December 31, 2024, the Company 
and its subsidiaries had approximately $6.2 billion of indebtedness, excluding unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs.

The Company’s current sources of liquidity includes a securitization facility with a program limit up to a maximum of $800 
million that expires in July 2025 and securitization facilities with program limits of $230 million and $160 million that expire in 
November 2025. Additional sources of the Company's liquidity include borrowings under its $1,650 million revolving credit 
facilities that mature in August 2027.  

The Company's indebtedness includes its $875 million 4.75% senior notes due in February 2026; its €500 million ($518 million 
at December 31, 2024) 2.875% senior notes due in February 2026;  its $400 million 4.25% senior notes due in September 2026; 
its  $350  million  7.375%  senior  notes  due  in  December  2026;  its  €500  million  ($518  million  at  December  31,  2024)  5.00% 
senior notes due in May 2028;  its €500 million ($518 million at December 31, 2024) 4.75% senior notes due in March 2029; its 
€600 million ($621 million at December 31, 2024) 4.50% senior notes due in January 2030; its $500 million 5.25% senior notes 
due  in  April  2030;  its  $40  million  7.50%  senior  notes  due  in  December  2096;  and  its  $118  million  of  other  indebtedness  in 
various currencies due at various dates through 2027. In addition, the Company’s term loan facilities mature as follows: $21 
million in 2025, $28 million in 2026, $1,664 million in 2027.

The substantial indebtedness of the Company could: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

increase  the  Company's  vulnerability  to  general  adverse  economic  and  industry  conditions,  including  rising  interest 
rates;
restrict the  Company from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities, including any planned 
expansion in emerging markets; 

limit  the  Company's  ability  to  make  capital  expenditures  both  domestically  and  internationally  in  order  to  grow  the 
Company's business or maintain manufacturing plants in good working order and repair; 

limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants under the Company's debt agreements, the Company's 
ability to obtain additional financing, dispose of assets or pay cash dividends; 

require  the  Company  to  dedicate  a  substantial  portion  of  its  cash  flow  from  operations  to  service  its  indebtedness, 
thereby  reducing  the  availability  of  its  cash  flow  to  fund  future  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  research  and 
development expenditures and other general corporate requirements; 

require the Company to sell assets used in its business;  

limit the Company's ability to refinance its existing indebtedness, particularly during periods of adverse credit market 
conditions when refinancing indebtedness may not be available under interest rates and other terms acceptable to the 
Company or at all; 

increase the Company's cost of borrowing; 

limit  the  Company's  flexibility  in  planning  for,  or  reacting  to,  changes  in  its  business  and  the  industry  in  which  it 
operates; and 

place the Company at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that have less debt. 

If  its  financial  condition,  operating  results  and  liquidity  deteriorate,  the  Company's  creditors  may  restrict  its  ability  to  obtain 
future financing and its suppliers could require prepayment or cash on delivery rather than extend credit, which could further 
diminish the Company's ability to generate cash flows from operations sufficient to service its debt obligations. In addition, the 
Company's ability to make payments on and refinance its debt and to fund its operations will depend on the Company's ability 
to generate cash in the future. 

12

 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Some  of  the  Company's  indebtedness  is  subject  to  floating  interest  rates,  which  would  result  in  the  Company's  interest 
expense increasing if interest rates rise. 

As of December 31, 2024, approximately $1.8 billion of the Company's $6.2 billion of total indebtedness and $1.1 billion of 
securitization  and  factoring  programs  were  subject  to  floating  interest  rates.  Changes  in  economic  conditions  could  result  in 
higher  interest  rates,  thereby  increasing  the  Company's  interest  expense  and  reducing  funds  available  for  operations  or  other 
purposes. The Company's annual interest expense was $452 million, $436 million and $284 million for 2024, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively. Based on the amount of variable rate debt outstanding and securitization and factoring at December 31, 2024, a 
0.25%  increase  in  variable  interest  rates  would  increase  its  annual  interest  expense  by  approximately  $7  million  before  tax. 
Accordingly,  the  Company  may  experience  economic  losses  and  a  negative  impact  on  earnings  as  a  result  of  interest  rate 
fluctuation.  The  actual  effect  of  a  0.25%  increase  in  these  floating  interest  rates  could  be  more  than  $7  million  as  the 
Company’s average borrowings on its variable rate debt and securitization and factoring may be higher during the year than the 
amount at December 31, 2024. Although the Company may use interest rate protection agreements from time to time to reduce 
its exposure to interest rate fluctuations in some cases, it may not elect or have the ability to implement hedges or, if it does 
implement  them,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  agreements  will  achieve  the  desired  effect.    See  “Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources-Market Risk” and 
“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in this Annual Report.

Restrictive  covenants  in  the  debt  agreements  governing  the  Company's  current  or  future  indebtedness  could  restrict  the 
Company's operating flexibility. 

The  indentures  and  agreements  governing  the  Company's  senior  secured  credit  facilities  and  outstanding  notes  contain 
affirmative  and  negative  covenants  that  limit  the  ability  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  to  take  certain  actions.  These 
restrictions may limit the Company's ability to operate its business and may prohibit or limit its ability to enhance its operations 
or take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. The Company's senior secured credit facilities require the 
Company to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial conditions. The agreements or indentures governing 
the Company's senior secured credit facilities and certain of its outstanding notes restrict, among other things, the ability of the 
Company and the ability of all or substantially all of its subsidiaries to: 

•

•

•

•

incur additional debt; 

pay  dividends  or  make  other  distributions,  repurchase  capital  stock,  repurchase  subordinated  debt  and  make  certain 
investments or loans; 

create liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions; 

create restrictions on the payment of dividends and other amounts to the Company from subsidiaries; 

• make loans, investments and capital expenditures; 

•

•

•

•

change accounting treatment and reporting practices; 

enter  into  agreements  restricting  the  ability  of  a  subsidiary  to  pay  dividends  to,  make  or  repay  loans  to,  transfer 
property to, or guarantee indebtedness of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries; 

sell or acquire assets, enter into leaseback transactions and merge or consolidate with or into other companies; and 

engage in transactions with affiliates. 

In  addition,  the  indentures  and  agreements  governing  the  Company's  senior  secured  credit  facilities  and  certain  of  its 
outstanding  notes  limit,  among  other  things,  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  enter  into  certain  transactions,  such  as  mergers, 
consolidations, joint ventures, asset sales, sale and leaseback transactions and the pledging of assets. 

The breach of any of these covenants by the Company or the failure by the Company to maintain any of these ratios or meet any 
of  these  conditions  could  result  in  a  default  under  any  or  all  of  such  indebtedness.  If  a  default  occurs  under  any  such 
indebtedness, all of the outstanding obligations thereunder could become immediately due and payable, which could result in a 
default under the Company's other outstanding debt and could lead to an acceleration of obligations related to the Company's 
senior secured credit facilities, outstanding notes and other outstanding debt.  The ability of the Company to comply with these 
covenants  and  the  covenants  in  agreements  it  may  enter  into  in  the  future  can  be  affected  by  events  beyond  its  control  and, 
therefore, it may be unable to satisfy its obligations under its debt agreements. 

13

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Notwithstanding  the  Company's  current  indebtedness  levels  and  restrictive  covenants,  the  Company  may  still  be  able  to 
incur substantial additional debt or make certain restricted payments, which could exacerbate the risks described above. 

The Company may be able to incur additional debt in the future, including in connection with acquisitions or joint ventures. 
Although  the  Company's  senior  secured  credit  facilities  and  indentures  governing  certain  of  its  outstanding  notes  contain 
restrictions on the Company's ability to incur indebtedness, those restrictions are subject to a number of exceptions, and, under 
certain circumstances, indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. The Company may also 
consider  investments  in  joint  ventures  or  acquisitions  or  increased  capital  expenditures,  which  may  increase  the  Company's 
indebtedness.  Moreover,  although  the  Company's  senior  secured  credit  facilities  and  indentures  governing  certain  of  its 
outstanding  notes  contain  restrictions  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  make  restricted  payments,  including  the  declaration  and 
payment  of  dividends  and  the  repurchase  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  the  Company  is  able  to  make  such  restricted 
payments  under  certain  circumstances  which  may  increase  indebtedness.    Adding  new  debt  to  current  debt  levels  or  making 
otherwise restricted payments could intensify the related risks that the Company and its subsidiaries now face. 

The Company's senior secured credit facilities provide that certain change of control events constitute an event of default. In 
the event of a change of control, the Company may not be able to satisfy all of its obligations under the senior secured credit 
facilities or other indebtedness. 

The Company may not have sufficient assets or be able to obtain sufficient third-party financing on favorable terms to satisfy 
all  of  its  obligations  under  the  Company's  senior  secured  credit  facilities  or  other  indebtedness  in  the  event  of  a  change  of 
control.    The  Company's  senior  secured  credit  facilities  provide  that  certain  change  of  control  events  constitute  an  event  of 
default under the senior secured credit facilities. Such an event of default entitles the lenders thereunder to, among other things, 
cause  all  outstanding  debt  obligations  under  the  senior  secured  credit  facilities  to  become  due  and  payable  and  to  proceed 
against  the  collateral  securing  the  senior  secured  credit  facilities.  Any  event  of  default  or  acceleration  of  the  senior  secured 
credit  facilities  will  likely  also  cause  a  default  under  the  terms  of  other  indebtedness  of  the  Company.    In  addition,  the 
indentures governing certain of the Company's outstanding notes require that the Company offer to repurchase the notes at an 
offer price of 101% of principal upon certain change of control repurchase events.

The Company is subject to certain restrictions that may limit its ability to make payments on its debt out of the cash reserves 
shown on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

The ability of the Company's subsidiaries and joint ventures to pay dividends, make distributions, provide loans or make other 
payments to the Company may be restricted by applicable state and foreign laws, potentially adverse tax consequences and their 
agreements, including agreements governing their debt.  In addition, the equity interests of the Company's joint venture partners 
or  other  shareholders  in  the  Company's  non-wholly  owned  subsidiaries  in  any  dividend  or  other  distribution  made  by  these 
entities would need to be satisfied on a proportionate basis with the Company. As a result, the Company may not be able to 
access a portion of its cash flow to service the Company's debt.

The  Company  has  significant  pension  plan  obligations  worldwide  and  significant  unfunded  postretirement  obligations, 
which could reduce its cash flow and negatively impact its results of operations and its financial condition. 

The Company sponsors various pension plans worldwide, with the largest funded plans in the U.S. and Canada. In 2024, 2023 
and  2022,  the  Company  contributed  $122  million,  $19  million,  and  $24  million  to  its  pension  plans.  The  2024  contributions 
included  approximately  $100  million  to  its  U.S.  pension  plan  in  advance  of  a  partial  settlement  of  the  plan's  obligations. 
Pension  expense  was  $562  million,  including  settlement  charges  of  $47  million  and  $469  million  for  the  Canadian  and  U.S. 
pension plans and is expected to be $32 million in 2025, using foreign currency exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2024.  
A  0.50%  change  in  the  2025  expected  rate  of  return  assumptions  would  change  2025  pension  expense  by  approximately  $2 
million. A 0.50% change in the discount rates assumptions as of December 31, 2024 would change 2025 pension expense by 
approximately $4 million. The Company may be required to accelerate the timing of its contributions under its pension plans. 
The actual impact of any accelerated funding will depend upon the interest rates required for determining the plan liabilities and 
the  investment  performance  of  plan  assets.  An  acceleration  in  the  timing  of  pension  plan  contributions  could  decrease  the 
Company's  cash  available  to  pay  its  outstanding  obligations  and  its  net  income  and  increase  the  Company's  outstanding 
indebtedness. 

Based on current assumptions, the Company expects to make pension contributions of $20 million in 2025, $29 million in 2026, 
$27  million  in  2027,  $51  million  in  2028  and  $28  million  in  2029.  Future  changes  in  the  factors  used  to  determine  pension 
contributions,  including  investment  performance  of  plan  assets,  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Company’s  future 
contributions and its cash flow available for debt reduction, capital expenditures or other purposes. 

14

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The  difference  between  pension  plan  obligations  and  assets,  or  the  funded  status  of  the  plans,  significantly  affects  the  net 
periodic  benefit  costs  of  the  Company's  pension  plans  and  the  ongoing  funding  requirements  of  those  plans.  Among  other 
factors, significant volatility in the equity markets and in the value of illiquid alternative investments, changes in discount rates, 
investment returns  and the market value  of  plan assets can substantially increase the Company's  future pension plan funding 
requirements  and  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  Company's  results  of  operations  and  profitability.  See  Note  S  to  the 
Company's audited consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report. As long as the Company continues to maintain its 
various pension plans, the Company will continue to incur additional pension obligations. The Company's pension plan assets 
consist  primarily  of  common  stocks  and  fixed  income  securities  and  also  include  alternative  investments  such  as  interests  in 
private equity and hedge funds. If the performance of plan assets does not meet the Company's assumptions or discount rates 
decline, the underfunding of the pension plans may increase and the Company may have to contribute additional funds to the 
pension  plans,  and  the  Company's  pension  expense  may  increase.  In  addition,  certain  of  the  Company's  pension  and 
postretirement plans are unfunded. 

The  Company's  U.S.  funded  pension  plan  is  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  or  ERISA. 
Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or PBGC, has the authority to terminate an underfunded plan under 
certain  circumstances.  In  the  event  its  U.S.  pension  plan  is  terminated  for  any  reason  while  the  plan  is  underfunded,  the 
Company will incur a liability to the PBGC that may be equal to the entire amount of the underfunding, which under certain 
circumstances  may  be  senior  to  the  Company's  outstanding  notes.  In  addition,  as  of  December  31,  2024,  the  unfunded 
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, 
for  retiree  medical  benefits  was  approximately  $96  million,  based  on  assumptions  set  forth  under  Note  S  to  the  Company's 
audited consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report.

Risks Relating to Litigation and Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to litigation risks which could negatively impact its operations and net income. 

The  Company  is  subject  to  various  lawsuits  and  claims  with  respect  to  matters  such  as  governmental,  environmental  and 
employee benefits laws and regulations, securities, labor, and actions arising out of the normal course of business, in addition to 
asbestos-related litigation described under the risk factor titled “Pending and future asbestos litigation and payments to settle 
asbestos-related claims could reduce the Company's cash flow and negatively impact its financial condition.” The Company is 
currently unable to determine the total expense or possible loss, if any, that may ultimately be incurred in the resolution of such 
legal proceedings. Regardless of the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings, they could result in significant diversion of 
time  by  the  Company's  management.  The  results  of  the  Company's  pending  legal  proceedings,  including  any  potential 
settlements,  are  uncertain  and  the  outcome  of  these  disputes  may  decrease  its  cash  available  for  operations  and  investment, 
restrict its operations or otherwise negatively impact its business, operating results, financial condition and cash flow.

In  March  2015,  the  Bundeskartellamt,  or  German  Federal  Cartel  Office  (“FCO”),  conducted  unannounced  inspections  of  the 
premises  of  several  metal  packaging  manufacturers,  including  a  German  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  The  local  court  order 
authorizing the inspection cited FCO suspicions of anti-competitive agreements in the German market for the supply of metal 
packaging products. The Company conducted an internal investigation into the matter and discovered instances of inappropriate 
conduct by certain employees of German subsidiaries of the Company. The Company cooperated with the FCO and submitted a 
leniency  application  with  the  FCO  which  disclosed  the  findings  of  its  internal  investigation  to  date.  In  April  2018,  the  FCO 
discontinued its national investigation and referred the matter to the European Commission (the “Commission”). Following the 
referral, Commission officials conducted unannounced inspections of the premises of several metal packaging manufacturers, 
including  Company  subsidiaries  in  Germany,  France  and  the  U.K.  The  Company  cooperated  with  the  Commission  and 
submitted a leniency application with the Commission with respect to the findings of its internal investigation in Germany. In 
July  2022,  the  Company  reached  a  settlement  with  the  Commission  relating  to  the  Commission’s  investigation,  pursuant  to 
which the Company agreed to pay a fine in the amount of $8. Fining decisions based on settlements can be appealed under EU 
law and the Company sought annulment of the Commission’s fining decision on the basis that the referral of the case from the 
FCO  to  the  Commission  was  unjustified.  In  October  2024,  the  General  Court  of  the  EU  issued  a  judgment  dismissing  the 
Company’s appeal. In December 2024, the Company appealed the General Court’s judgment to the European Court of Justice. 
There can be no assurance regarding the outcome of such appeal.

On October 7, 2021, the French Autorité de la concurrence (the French Competition Authority or “FCA”) issued a statement of 
objections to 14 trade associations, one public entity and 101 legal entities from 28 corporate groups, including the Company, 
certain of its subsidiaries, other leading metal can manufacturers, certain can fillers and certain retailers in France. The FCA 
alleged  violations  of  Articles  101  of  the  Treaty  on  the  Functioning  of  the  EU  and  L.420-1  of  the  French  Commercial  Code.   
The  statement  of  objections  alleges,  among  other  things,  anti-competitive  behavior  in  connection  with  the  removal  of 
bisphenol-A from metal packaging in France.  The removal of bisphenol-A was mandated by French legislation that went into 

15

Crown Holdings, Inc.

effect in 2015. On December 29, 2023, the FCA issued a decision imposing a fine of €4 million on the Company. The Company 
intends to appeal the decision of the FCA and there can be no assurance regarding the outcome of such appeal. 

Pending and future asbestos litigation and payments to settle asbestos-related claims could reduce the Company's cash flow 
and negatively impact its financial condition. 

Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. (Crown Cork), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is one of many defendants in a 
substantial number of lawsuits filed throughout the U.S. by persons alleging bodily injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. In 
1963,  Crown  Cork  acquired  a  subsidiary  that  had  two  operating  businesses,  one  of  which  is  alleged  to  have  manufactured 
asbestos-containing insulation products. Crown Cork believes that the business ceased manufacturing such products in 1963. 

As  of  December  31,  2024,  Crown  Cork's  accrual  for  pending  and  future  asbestos-related  claims  and  related  legal  costs  was 
$185  million,  including  $141  million  for  unasserted  claims.    The  Company  determines  its  accrual  without  limitation  to  a 
specific time period.  Assumptions underlying the accrual include that claims for exposure to asbestos that occurred after the 
sale of the subsidiary's insulation business in 1964 would not be entitled to settlement payouts and that state statutes described 
under Note P to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report, including Texas and 
Pennsylvania  statutes,  are  expected  to  have  a  highly  favorable  impact  on  Crown  Cork's  ability  to  settle  or  defend  against 
asbestos-related claims in those states and other states where Pennsylvania law may apply. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2024,  Crown  Cork  received  approximately  1,400  new  claims,  settled  or  dismissed 
approximately  600  claims,  and  had  approximately  59,300  claims  outstanding  at  the  end  of  the  period.    Of  the  Company's 
outstanding  claims,  approximately  18,000  claims  relate  to  claimants  alleging  first  exposure  to  asbestos  after  1964  and 
approximately  41,300  relate  to  claimants  alleging  first  exposure  to  asbestos  before  or  during  1964,  of  which  approximately 
13,000  were  filed  in  Texas,  1,300  were  filed  in  Pennsylvania,  6,000  were  filed  in  other  states  that  have  enacted  asbestos 
legislation  and  21,000  were  filed  in  other  states.  Due  to  the  passage  of  time,  the  Company  considers  it  unlikely  that  the 
plaintiffs in these cases will pursue further action. The exclusion of these inactive claims had no effect on the calculation of the 
Company's accrual as the claims were filed in states where the Company's liability is limited by statute. The Company devotes 
significant time and expense to defend against these various claims, complaints and proceedings, and there can be no assurance 
that  the  expenses  or  distractions  from  operating  the  Company's  business  arising  from  these  defenses  will  not  increase 
materially. 

Crown Cork made cash payments of $15 million, $17 million and $21 million in 2024, 2023 and 2022 to settle asbestos claims 
and pay related legal and defense costs. These payments and any such future payments will reduce the cash flow available to 
Crown Cork for its business operations and debt payments.  

Asbestos-related payments including defense costs may be significantly higher than those estimated by Crown Cork because the 
outcome  of  this  type  of  litigation  (and,  therefore,  Crown  Cork's  reserve)  is  subject  to  a  number  of  assumptions  and 
uncertainties, such as the number or size of asbestos-related claims or settlements, the number of financially viable responsible 
parties,  the  extent  to  which  state  statutes  relating  to  asbestos  liability  are  upheld  and/or  applied  by  the  courts,  Crown  Cork's 
ability to obtain resolution without payment of asbestos-related claims by persons alleging first exposure to asbestos after 1964, 
and  the  potential  impact  of  any  pending  or  future  asbestos-related  legislation.  Accordingly,  Crown  Cork  may  be  required  to 
make payments for claims substantially in excess of its accrual, which could reduce the Company's cash flow and impair its 
ability to satisfy its obligations.  Further information regarding Crown's Cork's asbestos-related liabilities is presented within 
“Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the headings, “Provision for 
Asbestos” and “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and under Note P to the Company's audited consolidated financial 
statements included in this Annual Report.

The Company is subject to costs and liabilities related to stringent environmental and health and safety standards.

Laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and health and safety may increase the Company’s costs of operating 
and reduce its profitability. The Company’s operations are subject to numerous U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws and 
regulations governing the protection of the environment, including those relating to operating permits, treatment, storage and 
disposal of waste, the use of chemicals in the Company’s products and manufacturing process, discharges into water, emissions 
into the atmosphere, remediation of soil and groundwater contamination and protection of employee health and safety. Future 
regulations  may  impose  stricter  environmental  or  employee  safety  requirements  affecting  the  Company’s  operations  or  may 
impose additional requirements regarding consumer health and safety, such as potential restrictions on the use of bisphenol-A, a 
starting  material  used  to  produce  internal  and  external  coatings  for  some  food,  beverage,  and  aerosol  containers  and  metal 
closures.    The  EU  and  Canada  have  banned  the  use  of  bisphenol-A  in  baby  bottles,  and  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection 
Agency  ("EPA")  has  considered  adding  bisphenol-A,  which  it  has  described  as  a  potential  reproductive,  developmental,  and 

16

Crown Holdings, Inc.

systemic toxicant, to the chemical concern list and using its Design for the Environment program to encourage reductions in 
bisphenol-A manufacturing and use. Certain other nations, including Denmark, Belgium, the Netherlands, Canada and France, 
have  implemented  or  considered  implementing  legislation  restricting  the  use  of  bisphenol-A,  including  imposing  product 
labeling  requirements  or  restrictions  on  the  importation  and  placement  in  the  market  of  packaging  and  utensils  containing 
bisphenol-A,  and  the  European  Food  Safety  Authority  has  recommended  that  the  tolerable  daily  intake  of  bisphenol-A  be 
lowered. Domestic and international, federal, state, municipal or other regulatory authorities could further restrict or prohibit the 
use  of  bisphenol-A  in  the  future.    In  addition,  public  reports,  litigation  and  other  allegations  regarding  the  potential  health 
hazards of bisphenol-A could contribute to a perceived safety risk about the Company’s products and adversely impact sales or 
otherwise disrupt the Company’s business. While the Company is exploring various alternatives to the use of bisphenol-A and 
conversion  to  alternatives  is  underway  in  some  applications,  there  can  be  no  assurance  the  Company  will  be  completely 
successful in its efforts or that the alternatives will not be more costly to the Company.

Also,  for  example,  future  restrictions  in  some  jurisdictions  on  air  emissions  of  volatile  organic  compounds  and  the  use  of 
certain  paint  and  lacquering  ingredients  may  require  the  Company  to  employ  additional  control  equipment  or  process 
modifications.  The  Company’s  operations  and  properties,  both  in  the  U.S.  and  abroad,  must  comply  with  these  laws  and 
regulations.  In  addition,  a  number  of  governmental  authorities  in  the  U.S.  and  abroad  have  introduced  or  are  contemplating 
enacting  legal  requirements,  including  emissions  limitations,  cap  and  trade  systems  or  mandated  changes  in  energy 
consumption, in response to the potential impacts of climate change. Given the wide range of potential future climate change 
regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, the potential impact of both climate change and climate change 
regulation is uncertain. 

Climate change and evolving laws, regulations and market trends in response to climate change could adversely affect the 
business and operations of the Company.

The  Company  may  incur  significant  costs  and  experience  operational  disruptions  as  a  result  of  increases  in  the  frequency, 
severity  or  duration  of  severe  weather  events  caused  by  climate  change  (including  thunderstorms,  hurricanes,  blizzards, 
wildfires, flooding, typhoons and tornados), and may incur additional costs to prepare for, respond to and mitigate the effects of 
climate  change.  Furthermore,  in  the  event  that  severe  weather  events,  temperature  shifts,  or  coastline  changes  resulting  from 
climate change adversely impact crop yields for fruits and vegetables, our customers’ demand for our products may be reduced 
due to customers’ inability to make products that require packaging in the first instance. The Company is not able to accurately 
predict  the  materiality  of  any  potential  losses  or  costs  associated  with  the  effects  of  climate  change.  The  impact  of  climate 
change  may  also  vary  by  geographic  location  and  other  circumstances,  including  weather  patterns  and  any  impact  to  natural 
resources such as water. 

A  number  of  governmental  authorities  both  in  the  U.S.  and  abroad  also  have  enacted,  or  are  considering,  legal  requirements 
relating  to  environmental  conservation  and  sustainability,  energy  efficiency  deforestation,  greenhouse  gas  emissions,  climate 
change  and  product  stewardship,  including  mandating  recycling,  the  use  of  recycled  materials  and/or  limitations  on  certain 
kinds  of  packaging  materials  such  as  plastics.    In  addition,  some  companies  with  packaging  needs  have  responded  to  such 
developments,  and/or  to  perceived  environmental  concerns  of  consumers,  by  using  containers  made  in  whole  or  in  part  of 
recycled materials. Such developments may reduce the demand for some of the Company's products, and/or increase its costs.

The  Company  may  experience  significant  negative  effects  to  its  business  as  a  result  of  new  federal,  state  or  local  taxes, 
increases  to  current  taxes  or  other  governmental  regulations  specifically  targeted  to  decrease  the  consumption  of  certain 
types of beverages. 

Public  health  and  government  officials  have  become  increasingly  concerned  about  the  health  consequences  associated  with 
over-consumption of certain types of beverages, such as sugar-sweetened beverages and including those sold by certain of the 
Company's  significant  customers.  Possible  new  federal,  state  or  local  taxes,  increases  to  current  taxes  or  other  governmental 
regulations  specifically  targeted  to  decrease  the  consumption  of  these  beverages  may  significantly  reduce  demand  for  the 
beverages  of  the  Company's  customers,  which  could  in  turn  affect  demand  of  the  Company's  customers  for  the  Company's 
products. For example, taxes on certain sugar-sweetened beverages and/or energy drinks have been enacted in France, the U.K., 
Poland, Portugal, Hungary, India and Saudi Arabia.  Some state and local governments are also considering similar taxes, and 
several  U.S.  cities,  including  in  California,  Pennsylvania  and  Colorado,  have  enacted  taxes  on  certain  sugar-sweetened 
beverages.  The  imposition  of  such  taxes  may  decrease  the  demand  for  certain  soft  drinks  and  beverages  that  the  Company's 
customers produce, which may cause the Company's customers to respond by decreasing their purchases from the Company. 
Consumer tax legislation and future attempts to tax sugar-sweetened or energy drinks by other jurisdictions could reduce the 
demand for the Company's products and materially adversely affect the Company's business and financial results. 

17

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Demand for the Company's products could be affected by changes in laws and regulations applicable to food and beverages 
and changes in consumer preferences.

The Company manufactures and sells metal and glass packaging primarily for the beverage and food can market. As a result, 
many of the Company's products come into direct contact with beverages and food. Accordingly, the Company's products must 
comply  with  various  laws  and  regulations  for  beverages  and  food  applicable  to  its  customers.  Changes  in  such  laws  and 
regulations,  such  as  the  sugary-drink  taxes  discussed  above,  could  negatively  impact  customers'  demand  for  the  Company's 
products as they comply with such changes and/or require the Company to make changes to its products. Such changes to the 
Company's products could include modifications to the coatings and compounds that the Company uses, possibly resulting in 
the incurrence of additional costs. Additionally, because many of the Company's products are used to package consumer goods, 
the  Company  is  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks  that  could  influence  consumer  behavior  and  negatively  impact  demand  for  the 
Company's products, including changes in consumer preferences driven by various health-related concerns and perceptions. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards,  taxation  requirements  and  other  law  could  negatively  affect  the  Company's  financial 
results. 

New accounting standards or pronouncements that may become applicable to the Company from time to time, or changes in the 
interpretation of existing standards and pronouncements, could have a significant effect on the Company's reported results for 
the affected periods. The Company is also subject to income tax in the numerous jurisdictions in which the Company operates. 
Increases  in  income  tax  rates  or  other  changes  to  tax  laws  could  reduce  the  Company's  after-tax  income  from  affected 
jurisdictions or otherwise affect the Company's tax liability. 

In  addition,  the  Company's  products  are  subject  to  import  and  excise  duties  and/or  sales  or  value-added  taxes  in  many 
jurisdictions in which it operates. Increases in indirect taxes could affect the Company's products' affordability and therefore 
reduce demand for its products. 

General Risk Factors

The loss of a major customer and/or customer consolidation could reduce the Company's net sales and profitability. 

Many  of  the  Company's  largest  customers  have  acquired  companies  with  similar  or  complementary  product  lines.  This 
consolidation  has  increased  the  concentration  of  the  Company's  business  with  its  largest  customers.  In  many  cases,  such 
consolidation has been accompanied by pressure from customers for lower prices, reflecting the increase in the total volume of 
product  purchased  or  the  elimination  of  a  price  differential  between  the  acquiring  customer  and  the  company  acquired. 
Increased pricing pressures from the Company's customers may reduce the Company's net sales and net income. In addition, 
customer  concentration  could  expose  the  Company  to  increased  credit  risk  if  large  customers  were  unable  to  fulfill  their 
payment obligations to the Company.

The majority of the Company's sales are to companies that have leading market positions in the sale of beverages, packaged 
food  and  household  products  to  consumers.    The  loss  of  any  major  customers,  a  reduction  in  the  purchasing  levels  of  these 
customers or an adverse change in the terms of supply agreements with these customers could reduce the Company's net sales 
and  net  income.  A  continued  consolidation  of  the  Company's  customers  could  exacerbate  any  such  loss.    In  addition,  the 
Company's  relationship  with  several  of  its  customers,  particularly  in  Transit  Packaging,  is  noncontractual,  and  as  a  result  its 
customers may unilaterally reduce their purchases of its products.

The Company may not be able to manage its anticipated growth, and it may experience constraints or inefficiencies caused 
by unanticipated acceleration and deceleration of customer demand.

Unanticipated  acceleration  and  deceleration  of  customer  demand  for  the  Company's  products  may  result  in  constraints  or 
inefficiencies related to the Company's manufacturing, sales force, implementation resources and administrative infrastructure, 
particularly in emerging markets where the Company is seeking to expand production. Such constraints or inefficiencies may 
adversely affect the Company as a result of delays, lost potential product sales or loss of current or potential customers due to 
their  dissatisfaction.  Similarly,  over-expansion,  including  as  a  result  of  overcapacity  due  to  expansion  by  the  Company's 
competitors,  or  investments  in  anticipation  of  growth  that  does  not  materialize,  or  develops  more  slowly  than  the  Company 
expects, could harm the Company's financial results and result in overcapacity. 

To  manage  the  Company's  anticipated  future  growth  effectively,  the  Company  must  continue  to  enhance  its  manufacturing 
capabilities  and  operations,  information  technology  infrastructure,  and  financial  and  accounting  systems  and  controls. 
Organizational growth and scale-up of operations could strain its existing managerial, operational, financial and other resources. 

18

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company's growth requires significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as 
the  development  of  new  products  or  enhancements  of  existing  products  or  reduction  of  the  Company's  outstanding 
indebtedness. If the Company's management is unable to effectively manage the Company's growth, its expenses may increase 
more  than  expected,  its  revenue  could  grow  more  slowly  than  expected  and  it  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  its  research  and 
development  and  production  goals,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  effect  on  its  business,  operating  results  or  financial 
condition.

Acquisitions,  dispositions  or  investments  that  the  Company  is  considering,  has  pursued  or  may  pursue  could  be 
unsuccessful, consume significant resources and require the incurrence of additional indebtedness. 

The  Company  has  completed  and  may  consider  acquisitions  and  investments  that  complement  its  existing  business  or 
dispositions of portions of its existing business.  The actual or potential acquisitions, dispositions and investments, such as the 
Company's divestiture of its European Tinplate business in August 2021, involve or may involve significant cash expenditures,  
debt  incurrence  (including  the  incurrence  of  additional  indebtedness  under  the  Company's  senior  secured  revolving  credit 
facilities or other secured or unsecured debt), operating losses and expenses and the diversion of management's attention that 
could have a material effect on the Company's financial condition and operating results. 

In  particular,  if  the  Company  incurs  additional  debt  in  order  to  finance  an  acquisition,  the  Company's  liquidity  and  financial 
stability  could  be  impaired  as  a  result  of  using  a  significant  portion  of  available  cash  or  borrowing  capacity.  Moreover,  the 
Company may face an increase in interest expense or financial leverage if additional debt is incurred to finance an acquisition, 
which may, among other things, adversely affect the Company's various financial ratios and the Company's compliance with the 
conditions of its existing indebtedness.  In addition, such additional indebtedness may be incurred under the Company's senior 
secured credit facilities or otherwise secured by liens on the Company's assets. 

Acquisitions and dispositions involve numerous other risks, including: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

diversion of management time and attention; 

failures to identify material problems and liabilities of acquisition targets or to obtain sufficient indemnification rights 
to fully offset possible liabilities related to the acquired businesses; 

difficulties integrating the operations, technologies and personnel of the acquired businesses;

inefficiencies and complexities that may arise due to unfamiliarity with new assets, businesses or markets; 

disruptions to the Company's ongoing business; 

inaccurate  estimates  of  fair  value  made  in  the  accounting  for  acquisitions  and  amortization  of  acquired  intangible 
assets which would reduce future reported earnings; 

the  inability  to  obtain  required  financing  for  the  new  acquisition  or  investment  opportunities  and  the  Company's 
existing business; 

the need or obligation to divest portions of an acquired business;

challenges associated with successfully bifurcating operations that involve both remaining and departing personnel in 
divestiture transactions;  

challenges associated with operating in new geographic regions or discontinued operations in legacy regions;

difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects;

potential loss of key employees, contractual relationships, suppliers or customers of the acquired businesses or of the 
Company; and 

inability to obtain required anti-trust and other regulatory approvals. 

To the extent the Company pursues an acquisition or disposition that causes it to incur unexpected costs or that fails to generate 
expected  returns,  the  Company's  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  may  be  adversely  affected,  and  the 
Company's ability to service its indebtedness may be negatively impacted. 

If the Company fails to retain key management and personnel, the Company may be unable to implement its business plan. 

Members  of  the  Company's  senior  management  have  extensive  industry  experience,  and  it  might  be  difficult  to  find  new 
personnel  with  comparable  experience.  Because  the  Company's  business  is  highly  specialized,  the  Company  believes  that  it 
would also be difficult to replace its key technical personnel. The Company believes that its future success depends, in large 
part, on its experienced senior management team. Losing the services of key members of its management team could limit the 
Company's ability to implement its business plan. In addition, under the Company's unfunded Senior Executive Retirement Plan 

19

Crown Holdings, Inc.

certain members of senior management are entitled to lump sum payments upon retirement or other termination of employment 
and a lump sum death benefit of five times the annual retirement benefit, which could result in unexpected increased costs to 
the Company for a particular period.

The Company relies on its information technology, and potential cyber-attack, data breach or other  failure or disruption of 
its information technology could disrupt its operations and adversely affect its results of operations.

The  Company's  business  increasingly  relies  on  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  its  information  technology 
systems  to  process,  transmit,  and  store  electronic  information.  A  significant  portion  of  the  communication  between  the 
Company's personnel around the world, customers, and suppliers depends on information technology. As with all large systems, 
the Company's information technology systems may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to failures during 
the  process  of  upgrading  or  replacing  software,  databases  or  components  thereof,  power  outages,  hardware  failures, 
telecommunication  failures,  user  errors  or  catastrophic  events.  In  addition,  cybersecurity  related  risks  including  security 
breaches and cyber-attacks such as computer viruses, denial-of-service attacks, malicious code (including ransomware), social-
engineering attacks (including phishing attacks) or other information security breaches could result in unauthorized disclosure 
or misappropriation of the Company’s confidential information.  These threats also may be further enhanced in frequency or 
effectiveness through threat actors’ use of artificial intelligence.

The  concentration  of  processes  in  shared  services  centers  means  that  any  disruption  could  impact  a  large  portion  of  the 
Company's  business  within  the  operating  zones  served  by  the  affected  service  center.  If  the  Company  does  not  allocate,  and 
effectively  manage,  the  resources  necessary  to  build,  sustain  and  protect  the  proper  technology  infrastructure,  the  Company 
could be subject to transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, loss of customers, business disruptions, the loss of or damage to 
intellectual or physical property through security breach, and reputational harm, as well as potential litigation, civil liability and 
fines under various laws and regulatory regimes of jurisdictions in which the Company does business. While the Company has 
security  measures  in  place  designed  to  protect  the  integrity  of  customer  information  and  prevent  data  loss,  misappropriation, 
and other security breaches, the Company's information technology systems could nevertheless be penetrated by outside parties 
intent  on  extracting  information,  corrupting  information  or  disrupting  business  processes  (including  for  purposes  of  ransom 
demands  or  other  forms  of  blackmail),  particularly  if  the  Company's  information  security  training  and  compliance  programs 
prove  to  be  inadequate.  In  addition,  if  the  Company's  information  technology  systems  suffer  severe  damage,  disruption  or 
shutdown and the Company's business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, the Company 
may lose customers and suppliers and revenue and profits as a result of its inability to timely manufacture, distribute, invoice 
and collect payments from its customers, and could experience delays in reporting its financial results, including with respect to 
the  Company's  operations  in  emerging  markets.  Furthermore,  if  the  Company  is  unable  to  prevent  security  breaches,  it  may 
suffer financial and reputational damage because of lost or misappropriated confidential information belonging to the Company 
or to its customers or suppliers, and it may suffer indirect economic loss if its existing insurance policies and coverage related to 
information security risks prove to be insufficient. Failure or disruption of the Company's information technology systems, or 
the back-up systems, for any reason could disrupt the Company's operations and negatively impact the Company's cash flows or 
financial condition.  

Sentiment  towards  climate  change,  sustainability  and  other  ESG  matters  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business, 
financial condition or results of operations.

The  Company  has  announced  sustainability  goals  for  its  next  phase  of  Sustainability  as  part  of  its  Twentyby30  program. 
Execution of this program and the achievements of the Company’s sustainability goals is subject to risk and uncertainties, many 
of which are out of the Company’s control. Failure to achieve these sustainability goals within the currently projected costs and 
expected timeframes could damage the Company’s reputation, customer and investor relationships, or ability to access capital 
on favorable terms, particularly given investors’ increased focus on ESG matters in recent years, and in turn could adversely 
affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. 

If the Company fails to maintain an effective system of internal control, the Company may not be able to accurately report 
financial results or prevent fraud. 

Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable financial reports and to assist in the effective prevention of fraud. 
Any  inability  to  provide  reliable  financial  reports  or  prevent  fraud  could  harm  the  Company's  business.  The  Company  must 
annually evaluate its internal procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which 
requires management and auditors to assess the effectiveness of internal controls. If the Company fails to remedy or maintain 
the adequacy of its internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the Company 
could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties or shareholder litigation. 

20

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Crown Holdings, Inc.

There are no unresolved written comments that were received from the SEC staff 180 days or more before the end of the 
Company’s fiscal year relating to its periodic or current reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

ITEM 1C. Cybersecurity

Risk Management & Strategy

Cybersecurity is integrated into the Company’s overall risk management program.  The Company has established a cyber risk 
management program that identifies and manages risks to our information assets that could be affected by a cyberattack. The 
Company  leverages  both  internal  and  external  threat  detection  and  response  capabilities,  combined  with  a  people-centric 
approach to employee awareness and engagement. The Company considers risks related to people, processes, and technology 
including  those  associated  with  our  third-party  service  providers  and  allocates  resources  to  maintain  and  enhance  our 
cybersecurity measures.

The Company engages external third-party security assessment vendors, both on a recurring basis and as needed, to perform 
realistic adversarial threat attacks (penetration testing) on our internal and external environments leveraging the International 
Organization for Standardization (ISO) cybersecurity frameworks. These third-party experts provide impartial, objective, and 
strategic evaluations of our cybersecurity posture, identifying critical vulnerabilities and recommending improvements.

Although,  through  the  date  of  this  filing,  we  are  not  aware  of  any  cybersecurity  incidents  that  have  materially  impacted  the 
Company, we cannot eliminate all risks from cybersecurity threats. We describe whether and how risks related to cybersecurity 
threats are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition, 
in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Cybersecurity Governance

Company  senior  leadership  has  top-level  responsibility  for  management  of  information  security  risk.  The  Company  has 
established a dedicated, globally focused cybersecurity team led by its Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), who brings 
over 20 years of experience in the field of cybersecurity and IT operations. The CISO is responsible for overseeing the entire 
global cybersecurity program, which encompasses cyber risk management, operations, strategic planning, and compliance with 
cybersecurity policies and regulations. Crown's cybersecurity team maintains collaboration with other cross functional teams to 
assess and manage cybersecurity risks. This approach enables the Company to align cybersecurity efforts with broader business 
objectives and respond to emerging threats. Additionally, Crown’s Board of Directors, along with the Crown Chief Executive 
Officer,  Chief  Operating  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  and  General  Counsel  oversee  the  identification,  assessment,  and 
management of cybersecurity risks.  

In  case  of  a  cyber  incident  with  significant  or  material  impact,  the  CISO  would  escalate  to  senior  leadership  and  depending 
upon the severity and scope of any cyber incident, the Company will invoke its Corporate Crisis management plan.

On a regular reporting schedule, the CISO provides updates on cybersecurity risk and mitigation efforts to senior leadership, 
board,  and  members  of  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Audit  Committee,  which  is  tasked  with  oversight  of  certain  risk  issues, 
including information security risk, receives two to four reports annually from the Company’s senior leadership, including the 
CISO, that includes an information security dashboard and discussion of emerging risks and trends. The Audit Committee then 
briefs the Board on these matters.  

ITEM 2. Properties

As  of  December  31,  2024,  the  Company  operated  189  facilities  in  39  countries.  The  principal  manufacturing  facilities  at 
December  31,  2024  are  listed  below  and  are  grouped  by  segment.    The  Company’s  manufacturing  and  support  facilities  are 
designed according to the requirements of the products to be manufactured. Therefore, the type of construction may vary from 
plant to plant. Warehouse space is generally provided at each of the manufacturing locations, although the Company also leases 
outside warehouses.  The Company leased 66 of its manufacturing facilities at December 31, 2024.

Ongoing  productivity  improvements  and  cost  reduction  efforts  in  recent  years  have  focused  on  upgrading  and  modernizing 
facilities to reduce costs, improve efficiency and productivity. The Company has also opened new facilities to meet increases in 
market demand for its products. These actions reflect the Company’s continued commitment to align manufacturing facilities to 
maintain its competitive position in its markets. 

21

 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Utilization of any particular facility varies based upon product demand. While it is not possible to measure with any degree of 
certainty  or  uniformity  the  productive  capacity  of  these  facilities,  management  believes  that,  if  necessary,  production  can  be 
increased  at  several  existing  facilities  through  the  addition  of  personnel,  capital  equipment  and,  in  some  facilities,  square 
footage  available  for  production.  In  addition,  the  Company  may  from  time  to  time  acquire  additional  facilities  or  dispose  of 
existing facilities.

The Company’s Americas, Transit Packaging and Corporate headquarters are in Tampa, Florida. Its European headquarters is 
in Baar, Switzerland and its Asia Pacific headquarters is in Singapore. The Company maintains a research facility in Wantage, 
England. 

22

Mankato, MN

Mesquite, NV

Nichols, NY

Dayton, OH

Cheraw, SC

Conroe, TX

Fort Bend, TX

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Americas Beverage
Kankakee, IL

European 
Beverage

Asia Pacific

Transit Packaging

Custines, France

Phnom Penh, Cambodia (2)

Rainbow City, AL

Toluca, Mexico

Bowling Green, KY

Saarlouis, Germany

Sihanoukville, Cambodia

Benton, AR

Korinthos, Greece

Hangzhou, China

Parma, Italy

Henan, China (S)

Amman, Jordan

Heshan, China

Fordyce, AR

Sheridan, AR

Phoenix, AZ

Other
Norwalk, CT (T)

Dubuque, IA (F)

Alsip, IL (A)

Virton, Belgium

Kardjali, Bulgaria

Noerresundby, Denmark

Belcamp, MD (S)

Soenderborg, Denmark

Faribault, MN (A)

Dammam, Saudi Arabia Huizhou, China (S)

Bay Point, CA

Liljendal, Finland

Jeddah, Saudi Arabia

Qingdao Chengyan, China (S)

Stockton, CA

Masku, Finland

Owatonna, MN (F)

Massillon, OH (F)

Kosice, Slovakia

Agoncillo, Spain

Shanghai, China (S)

Tianjin, China (S)

Carrollton, GA

Castelsarrasin, France

Mill Park, OH (F)

Douglasville, GA

Fontaine les Luxeuil,

Connellsville, PA (F)

Martinsville, VA

Sevilla, Spain

Ziyang, China

LaGrange, GA

France

Hanover, PA (F)

Winchester, VA

Valencia, Spain

Karawang, Indonesia

Macon, GA

Manneville sur Risle,

Effingham, SC (F)

Olympia, WA

La Crosse, WI

Worland, WY

El Agba, Tunisia

Bangi, Malaysia

Bridgeview, IL

France

Trevose, PA (T)

Izmit, Turkey

Yangon, Myanmar

Dixmoor, IL

Dinslaken, Germany

Spartanburg, SC (A)

Osmaniye, Turkey

Singapore (S)

Kankakee, IL (2)

Goldkronach, Germany

Chippewa Falls, WI (T)

Cabreuva, Brazil

Dubai, UAE

Bangpoo, Thailand (F)

Botcherby, U.K.

Hat Yai, Thailand (F)

Roselle, IL

Elkhart, IN

Hilden, Germany

Oshkosh, WI (F)

Neunkirchen, Germany

Kingston, Jamaica (F)

Teresina, Brazil

Estancia, Brazil

Manaus, Brazil

Ponta Grossa, Brazil

Rio Verde, Brazil

Uberaba, Brazil

Calgary, Canada

Ontario, Canada

Santafe de Bogota,

Colombia

Acayucan, Mexico

Chihuahua, Mexico

Ensenada, Mexico

Guadalajara, Mexico

Monterrey, Mexico (2)

Orizaba, Mexico

Toluca, Mexico

Peterborough, U.K.

Nakhon Pathom, Thailand (F) Gary, IN

Nurnberg, Germany

Barbados, West Indies (F)

Nong Khae, Thailand (2)

Samrong, Thailand (F)

Songkhla, Thailand (F)

Danang, Vietnam

Florence, KY

Monroe, LA

Brighton, MI

Eden, NC

Weischlitz, Germany

Shipley, U.K. (T)

Gorey, Ireland

Wortley, U.K. (T)

Waterford, Ireland

Wisbech, U.K. (T)

Nairobi, Kenya

Dong Nai, Vietnam (2)

Salisbury, NC

Heerlen, Netherlands

Hanoi, Vietnam

Vung Tau, Vietnam

Newark, NJ

Cleveland, OH

Loveland, OH

Nuenen, Netherlands

Zwijndrecht, Netherlands

Kosice, Slovakia

West Chester, OH

Burseryd, Sweden

Elizabethtown, PA

Hjo, Sweden

Hazleton, PA

Imperial, PA

Sandared, Sweden

Dietikon, Switzerland (2)

South Canaan, PA

Merenschwand, Switzerland

East Providence, RI (2)

Izmir, Turkey

Darlington, SC

Kocaeli, Turkey

Greer, SC

Latta, SC

Orange, TX

Dudley, U.K.

Derrimut, Australia

Kurri Kurri, Australia

San Antonio, TX

Bangalore, India (4)

Danville, VA

Forest, VA (2)

Dahej, India

Rudrapur, India

Martinsville, VA

Rudraram, India

Woodland, WA

Silvassa, India

Cabreuva, Brazil

Pohang, South Korea

Sriracha, Thailand (2)

Halton Hills,

Canada (2)

Amatlan de los Reyes,

Mexico

Cienega de Flores,

Mexico

All properties above, with the exception of Transit Packaging, are beverage facilities unless otherwise indicated by the following:
A: Aerosol
F: Food and closure
P: Promotional packaging
S: Specialty packaging
T: Tooling and equipment

23

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Crown Cork is one of many defendants in a substantial number of lawsuits filed throughout the U.S. by persons alleging bodily 
injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. These claims arose from the insulation operations of a U.S. company, the majority of 
whose stock Crown Cork purchased in 1963. Approximately ninety days after the stock purchase, this U.S. company sold its 
insulation assets and was later merged into Crown Cork. At December 31, 2024, the accrual for pending and future asbestos 
claims and related legal costs that are probable and estimable was $185 million.

The Company has been identified by the EPA as a potentially responsible party (along with others, in most cases) at a number 
of sites.

Further information on these matters and other legal proceedings is presented within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the captions “Provision for Asbestos” and “Environmental Matters,” 
within  the  risk  factor  titled  "The  Company  is  subject  to  litigation  risks  which  could  negatively  impact  its  operations  and  net 
income" and under Note P and Note Q to the consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Information  concerning  the  principal  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  including  their  ages  and  positions,  is  set  forth  in 
“Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Annual Report.

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Registrant’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under ticker symbol CCK. On February 28, 2025 
there  were  3,270  registered  shareholders  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock,  including  844  participants  in  the  Company's 
Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan.  Details  regarding  the  Company’s  policy  as  to  payment  of  cash  dividends  and  repurchase  of 
shares  are  set  forth  under  Note  U  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report.  Information  with 
respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under the Company’s equity compensation plans is set forth in “Security 
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” of this Annual Report.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information about the Company's purchases of equity securities during the three months ending 
December  31,  2024.  The  table  excludes  38  of  the  Company's  shares  surrendered  to  cover  taxes  on    the  vesting  of  restricted 
stock. 

Total number 
of shares 
purchased

Average 
price per 
share

— 

— 

1,126,419 

1,126,419 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

89.19 

Total number of shares 
purchased as part of 
publicly announced 
programs(1)

Approximate dollar value of shares 
that may yet be purchased under 
the programs 
as of the end of the period 
(millions of dollars)

— 

— 

1,126,419 

1,126,419 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,894 

1,894 

1,793 

October

November

December

(1) In July 2024, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an aggregate amount of $2,000 of the 
Company's common stock through the end of 2027. Share repurchases under the Company's program may be made in 
the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, and at times and in such amounts as management deems 
appropriate.

ITEM 6. [Reserved]

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings
S&P 500 Index
Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index

2019
Crown Holdings, Inc.
100
100
Crown Holdings, Inc.
100

2020
138
118
121

2021
154
152
134

2022
115
125
110

2023
131
158
119

2024
119
197
137

COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE (a) 
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return (b)
Crown Holdings, S&P 500 Index, Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index (c)
COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE (a) 
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return (b)
Crown Holdings, S&P 500 Index, Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index (c)

154

152

134

138

121

118

158

131

119

125

115

110

197

137

119

250

200

150

100

50

2019

2020

2022
2021
Year Ended December 31

2023

2024

Crown Holdings

S&P 500 Index

Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index

$ 

$ 

2019

2020

December 31,
Crown Holdings
S&P 500 Index
December 31,
Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index
Crown Holdings
S&P 500 Index
Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index

119 
197 
137 
119 
197 
137 
(a) The preceding Comparative Stock Performance Graph is not deemed filed with the SEC and shall not be incorporated by reference in
any of the Company's filings under the Security Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after
the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

2021
$  154 
152 
2021
134 
$  154 
152 
134 

2022

2023

2024

138 
118 
121 
138 
118 
121 

131 
158 
119 
131 
158 
119 

115 
125 
110 
115 
125 
110 

100 
100
100
100 
100
100

(a) The preceding Comparative Stock Performance Graph is not deemed filed with the SEC and shall not be incorporated by reference in
any of the Company's filings under the Security Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after
(b) Assumes that the value of the investment in Crown Holdings common stock and each index was $100 on December 31, 2019 and
the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.
that all dividends were reinvested.

2022

2023

2020

2024

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(b) Assumes that the value of the investment in Crown Holdings common stock and each index was $100 on December 31, 2019 and
Industry  index  is  weighted  by  market  capitalization  and,  as  of  December  31,  2024,  was  composed  of  Crown  Holdings,  Amcor,
(c)
that all dividends were reinvested.
AptarGroup, Avery Dennison, Ball, Berry Global, Graphic Packaging, International Paper, Packaging Corp. of America, Sealed Air,
Silgan, Smurfit Westrock and Sonoco.
Industry  index  is  weighted  by  market  capitalization  and,  as  of  December  31,  2024,  was  composed  of  Crown  Holdings,  Amcor,
AptarGroup, Avery Dennison, Ball, Berry Global, Graphic Packaging, International Paper, Packaging Corp. of America, Sealed Air,
Silgan, Smurfit Westrock and Sonoco.

(c)

25

25

Crown Holdings, Inc.

ITEM 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(in  millions,  except  per  share,  average  settlement  cost  per  asbestos  claim,  employee,  shareholder  and  statistical 
data)

INTRODUCTION

The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the results of operations and financial condition of Crown 
Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") as of and during the three-year period ended December 31, 2024.  This discussion should be 
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.  

BUSINESS STRATEGY AND TRENDS

The  Company's  strategy  is  to  maximize  long-term  shareholder  value  by  pursuing  profitable  growth  opportunities  while 
returning cash to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.  

Global industry demand for beverage cans has been growing in recent years in North America, Brazil, Europe, and Southeast 
Asia.  Growth  has  been  driven  by  new  product  introductions,  customer  and  consumer  focus  on  the  sustainability  benefits  of 
aluminum, and population and GDP growth in many markets. To meet such demand, the Company made long-term investments 
of approximately $2,000 for new manufacturing facilities and additional production lines in existing facilities since 2019. Based 
on  current  market  conditions,  the  Company  expects  to  have  the  ability  to  meet  expected  demand  growth  with  its  current 
installed capital base and expects capital spending to be approximately $450 in 2025.  

The Company's strategy is anchored by strong cash flow generation and a healthy balance sheet with a long-term net leverage 
target of 2.5x adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure).  The Company believes it has the flexibility and resources to fund 
growth,  repay  debt  and  return  excess  cash  flow  to  shareholders  in  the  future.  On  July  25,  2024,  the  Company's  Board  of 
Directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  an  aggregate  amount  of  $2,000  of  the  Company's  common  stock  through  the  end  of 
2027. 

The Company continues to actively elevate its commitment to sustainability, which is a core value of the Company.  In 2020, 
the Company introduced Twentyby30, a robust program that outlines twenty measurable, science based, environmental, social 
and governance goals to be completed by 2030.  In 2024, the Company garnered recognition for their commitment to integrate 
sustainability  into  all  aspects  of  the  organization,  including  the  top  spot  within  the  Sustainalytics  "Container  and  Packaging" 
industry category.

To date the war between Russia and Ukraine and the conflicts in the Middle East have not had a direct material impact on the 
Company's business, financial condition, or results of operations. 

The  Company  continues  to  actively  manage  the  challenges  of  supply  chain  disruptions,  foreign  exchange,  interest  rate 
fluctuations, and inflationary pressures,  including increasing costs  for raw materials, energy and transportation.  Additionally, 
tariffs, retaliatory trade measures and further trade restrictions could result in higher raw material costs. The Company generally 
attempts to mitigate aluminum and steel price risk by matching its purchase obligations with its sales agreements.  Additionally, 
the  Company  attempts  to  mitigate  inflationary  pressures  on  energy  and  raw  material  costs  with  contractual  pass-through 
provisions that include annual selling price adjustments based on price indices.  The Company also uses commodity forward 
contracts to manage its exposure to raw material costs.  The ability to mitigate inflationary risks through these measures varies 
by region and the impact on the results of the Company’s segments is discussed, as applicable, under the heading "Results of 
Operations" below.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  key  measure  used  by  the  Company  in  assessing  performance  is  segment  income,  a  non-GAAP  measure  defined  by  the 
Company  as  income  from  operations  adjusted  to  exclude  intangibles  amortization  charges,  restructuring  and  other  and  the 
impact of fair value adjustments to inventory acquired in an acquisition. 

The foreign currency translation impacts referred to in the discussion below were primarily due to changes in the Mexican peso 
in the Company's Americas Beverage segment, the euro in the Company's European Beverage segment and the Chinese yuan 
and the Thai baht in the Company's Asia Pacific segment.  The Company's Transit Packaging segment is a global business and 
the foreign currency translation impacts referred to in the discussion below are primarily related to the euro, the Indian rupee, 
the Japanese yen, the Mexican peso and the Brazilian real.

26

The Company calculates the impact of foreign currency translation by dividing current year U.S. dollar results by the current 
year average foreign exchange rates and then multiplying those amounts by the applicable prior year average exchange rates.

Crown Holdings, Inc.

NET SALES AND SEGMENT INCOME

Net sales

Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023

2024
$11,801

2023
$12,010

2022

$12,943

Net  sales  decreased  primarily  due  to  $196  from  the  pass-through  of  lower  aluminum,  steel  and  other  commodity  costs, 
unfavorable  foreign  currency  translation  of  $23,  and  lower  volumes  in  Transit  Packaging,  Asia  Pacific  and  Other  segments, 
partially offset by 7% higher beverage can volumes in both Americas and European Beverage. 

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2022

Net  sales  decreased  primarily  due  to  $720  from  the  pass-through  of  lower  aluminum,  steel  and  other  commodity  costs  and 
lower overall volumes in European Beverage, Asia Pacific, Transit Packaging and Other segments, partially offset by higher 
beverage can volumes in the Americas Beverage segment and favorable foreign currency translation of $77.

Americas Beverage

The  Americas  Beverage  segment  manufactures  aluminum  beverage  cans  and  ends,  steel  crowns,  glass  bottles  and  aluminum 
closures and supplies a variety of customers from its operations in the U.S., Brazil, Canada, Colombia and Mexico. 

The U.S. and Canadian beverage can markets have experienced growth in recent years due to the introduction of new beverage 
products in cans versus other packaging formats. In Brazil and Mexico, the Company's volumes have increased in recent years 
primarily  due  to  market  growth  driven  by  increased  per  capita  incomes  and  consumption,  combined  with  an  increased 
preference for cans over other forms of beverage packaging. 

To meet volume requirements in these markets, the Company added additional line capacity in Monterrey, Mexico (2022) and 
new greenfield facilities in Uberaba, Brazil (2022), Martinsville, Virginia (2022) and Mesquite, Nevada (2023).

Net sales and segment income in the Americas Beverage segment were as follows: 

Net sales

Segment income

Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023

2024

$  5,240 

2023
$  5,147 

987 

876 

2022

$  5,126 
742 

Net sales increased primarily due to higher beverage can volumes, 7% in North America and 10% in Brazil,  partially offset by 
$59 pass-through of lower aluminum costs and unfavorable foreign currency translation of $15. 

Segment  income  increased  primarily  due  to  higher  volumes,  improved  manufacturing  performance,  including  lower  start-up 
costs  compared  to  2023  and  $18  lower  depreciation  expense  primarily  driven  by  the  useful  life  change  effective  January  1, 
2024.

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2022

Net sales increased primarily due to contractual pass-through mechanisms put in place to recover inflation, 4% higher volumes 
and favorable foreign currency translation of $56, partially offset by the pass-through of $375 lower aluminum costs.

Segment  income  increased  primarily  due  to  contractual  pass-through  mechanisms  put  in  place  to  recover  prior  costs  net  of 
current year expenses and higher volumes and customer mix, partially offset by $19 higher depreciation associated with recent 
capacity expansions.

27

 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

European Beverage

The  Company's  European  Beverage  segment  manufactures  aluminum  beverage  cans  and  ends  and  supplies  a  variety  of 
customers from its operations throughout Europe, the Middle East and North Africa.  In recent years, the European beverage 
can market has been growing due to consumer focus on sustainability benefits of aluminum and a market shift to cans versus 
other  packaging  formats.    To  meet  volume  requirements,  in  2023  the  Company  added  additional  line  capacity  in  Agoncillo, 
Spain,  a  new  greenfield  facility  in  Peterborough,  U.K.  and  acquired  Helvetia  Packaging  AG,  a  beverage  can  and  end 
manufacturing facility in Saarlouis, Germany.  

Net sales and segment income in the European Beverage segment were as follows: 

Net sales

Segment income

Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023

Net sales increased primarily due to 7% higher beverage can volumes. 

2024
$  2,071 

2023
$  1,939 

276 

199 

2022

$  2,114 
123 

Segment  income  increased  primarily  due  to  higher  volumes  and  improved  manufacturing  performance,  including  savings 
realized as part of prior year restructuring actions and lower start-up costs. 

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2022

Net sales decreased primarily due to 9% lower volumes and the pass-through of lower aluminum costs of $120, partially offset 
by the contractual recovery of prior years' inflationary cost increases and favorable foreign currency of $24.

Segment  income  increased  primarily  due  to  contractual  pass-through  mechanisms  put  in  place  to  recover  prior  costs  net  of 
current year expenses, partially offset by lower volumes and customer mix and $7 of higher depreciation associated with recent 
capacity expansions.

Asia Pacific 

The Company's Asia Pacific segment consists of beverage can operations in Cambodia, China, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar, 
Thailand and Vietnam and non-beverage can operations, primarily food cans and specialty packaging. Historically growth in 
the beverage can market in Southeast Asia has been driven by increased per capita incomes and consumption, combined with an 
increased preference for cans over other forms of beverage packaging.  To meet volume requirements in Southeast Asia, the 
Company added additional line capacity in Phnom Penh, Cambodia (2022).

In 2023, volume softness was noted across each country in the Asia Pacific segment as the region continues to struggle with the 
effects of higher inflation and interest rates.  In the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company announced the closure of its beverage 
can  facilities  in  Ho  Chi  Minh  City,  Vietnam  and  Singapore  with  capacity  relocated  to  the  Company's  Vung  Tau,  Vietnam 
facility  and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2024,  the  Company  announced  the  closure  of  its  beverage  can  facility  in  Sihanoukville, 
Cambodia.

In June 2022, the Company's Yangon, Myanmar beverage can plant was temporarily idled due to currency restrictions, which 
resulted in the inability to source U.S. dollars required to procure U.S. dollar raw materials.  The Company began production on 
a  limited  basis  in  2023  and  had  net  sales  of  $6  for  the  year-ended  December  31,  2024.    Property,  plant  and  equipment  in 
Myanmar as of December 31, 2024 was $49, including $24 of land and buildings and $25 of machinery and equipment.  The 
Company  will  continue  to  monitor  the  economic  conditions  and  the  impact  to  its  business  in  Myanmar,  including  any 
alternative uses for its machinery and equipment.

Net sales and segment income in the Asia Pacific segment were as follows: 

Net sales

Segment income

2024

2023

2022

$  1,161 

$  1,297 

$  1,615 

195 

154 

172 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023

Net sales decreased primarily due to 7% lower beverage can volumes, $8 pass-through of lower aluminum costs and $6 from 
the impact of unfavorable foreign currency translation.

Segment income increased primarily due to improved manufacturing performance, including savings realized as part of prior 
year restructuring actions, and $16 lower depreciation expense driven by the useful life change effective January 1, 2024.

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2022

Net sales decreased primarily due to 14% lower volumes, the pass-through of lower aluminum costs and $8 from the impact of 
unfavorable foreign currency translation.

Segment income decreased primarily due to lower volumes.  Additionally, 2022 segment income was unfavorably impacted by 
the mismatch in contractual aluminum pass-through provisions whereby higher cost inventory was sold at lower prices.

Transit Packaging

The  Company's  Transit  Packaging  segment  includes  the  Company’s  worldwide  automation  and  equipment  technologies, 
protective  packaging  solutions  and  steel  and  plastic  consumables.    Automation  and  equipment  technologies  include  manual, 
semi-automatic  and  automatic  equipment  and  tools,  which  are  primarily  used  in  end-of-line  operations  to  apply  and  remove 
consumables such as strap and film.  Protective solutions include standard and purpose designed products, such as airbags, edge 
protectors, and honeycomb products, among others that help prevent movement of, and/or damage to, a wide range of industrial 
and consumer goods during transport.  Steel and plastic consumables include steel strap, plastic strap, industrial film and other 
related products that are used across a wide range of industries. 

Net sales and segment income in the Transit Packaging segment were as follows: 

Net sales

Segment income

Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023

2024

2023

2022

$  2,107 

  2,256 

$  2,545 

270 

331 

281 

Net  sales  decreased  primarily  due  to  $71  lower  material  costs,  $60  lower  volumes  across  most  product  lines  and  $14 
unfavorable foreign currency translation. 

Segment income decreased primarily related to lower volumes across most product lines and margin compression due to lower 
selling prices, partially offset by improved cost performance.

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2022

Net sales decreased primarily due to $219 from lower volumes, mainly protective solutions and steel and plastic consumables, 
and the pass-through of lower raw material prices.

Segment income increased primarily due to approximately $50 of cost savings from headcount reductions across the business.

Other 

Other  includes  the  Company's  food  can,  aerosol  can  and  closures  businesses  in  North  America,  and  beverage  tooling  and 
equipment operations in the U.S. and U.K..  The Company added a third two-piece food can line to its Owatonna, Minnesota 
plant in 2022 and a pet food can line to its Dubuque, Iowa plant in 2024.

In  2023,  the  Company  right-sized  the  beverage  can  equipment  operations  in  the  U.K.  to  reflect  the  expected  significant 
reduction  in  orders  from  global  beverage  can  manufactures.  Additionally,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2023,  the  Company 
announced the closure of its Decatur, IL aerosol can plant in response to lower aerosol can demand.  

29

 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

During the second quarter of 2024, the Company closed its food can plant in La Villa, Mexico and entered into an agreement to 
sell  equipment  for  $30  to  be  paid  in  three  annual  installments,  with  the  first  $10  installment  received  during  2024.  The 
Company recorded a gain of $22 for the sale of the equipment in the third quarter of 2024. 

Net sales and segment income in Other were as follows: 

Net sales

Segment income

Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 2023

2024

2023

2022

$  1,222 

$  1,371 

$  1,543 

82 

117 

240 

Net sales decreased primarily due to lower volumes in the equipment, aerosol can and Mexico food can business and $46 from 
the pass-through of lower steel costs. 

Segment income decreased primarily due to lower volumes.

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 2022

Net sales decreased primarily due to lower food and aerosol volumes of 7% and 23%, respectively. 

Segment income decreased primarily due to a steel repricing gain of $48 in 2022 as compared to a repricing loss of $12 in 2023, 
volume declines and customer mix and costs and expenses in excess of contractual pass-through mechanisms. 

Corporate and unallocated 

Corporate and unallocated items include corporate and administrative costs, research and development, and unallocated items 
such as stock-based compensation and insurance costs.

Corporate and unallocated

2024

2023

2022

$ 

(165) 

$ 

(131) 

$ 

(115) 

Corporate  and  unallocated  costs  increased  from  2023  primarily  due  to  higher  incentive  compensation,  including  stock-based 
compensation. 

Corporate  and  unallocated  costs  increased  from  2022  primarily  due  to  higher  property  insurance  costs  and  incentive 
compensation costs in 2023.

DEPRECIATION  AND AMORTIZATION

The Company periodically reviews the useful lives of property, plant and equipment. Based on the Company’s experience with 
the duration over which equipment and buildings of its aluminum beverage can business can be utilized, the Company engaged 
a third-party appraiser to assist in this review and, as a result, increased the estimated useful lives of buildings up to 50 years 
and machinery and equipment up to 23 years effective January 1, 2024. The change in accounting estimate was applied on a 
prospective  basis.  The  change  in  useful  lives  resulted  in  a  net  reduction  in  depreciation  expense  of  $64  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2024 as compared to the amount of depreciation expense that would have been recorded by utilizing the prior 
depreciable lives.

RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER, NET

In 2024, the $75 charge from restructuring and other, net primarily included asset impairments in the Asia Pacific segment and 
severance and other exit costs related to current and prior year restructuring actions.  See Note M for additional information. 

In 2023, the $114 charge from restructuring and other, net, included asset impairments, termination benefits and other exit costs 
primarily  related  to  plant  closures  in  the  Americas  Beverage,  Asia  Pacific  and  Other  segments.    See  Note  M  for  additional 
details. These actions reduced headcount by approximately 650 employees and annual savings were approximately $35.

30

 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

In 2022, the benefit from restructuring and other, net, included a $113 gain from the sale of the Transit Packaging segment's 
Kiwiplan business and $29 of charges related to an overhead cost reduction program initiated by the Transit Packaging segment 
in the second quarter of 2022 that reduced headcount by approximately 600 employees. The annual savings were approximately 
$60.  

The Company continues to identify cost reduction initiatives in its businesses and it is possible that the Company may record 
additional restructuring charges in the future.

OTHER PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT

In 2024 other pension and postretirement expense included settlement charges of $513 related to the transfer of portions of the 
Company's  Canadian  and  primary  U.S.  defined  benefit  pension  liabilities  through  the  purchase  of  group  annuity  insurance 
contracts. See Note S for more information.

Other pension and postretirement was an expense of $49 in 2023 as compared to a benefit of $16 in 2022 due to higher post-
retirement expense as unamortized gains from prior year plan amendments are now fully amortized and higher pension expense 
due  to  higher  interest  rates  and  lower  expected  return  on  plan  assets.  Additionally,  2023  included  $6  for  a  one-time  pension 
termination charge related to business reorganization activities in Europe.

GAIN ON SALE OF EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

In  2024,  the  Company  recorded  a  gain  of  $275  in  conjunction  with  the  sale  of  Eviosys,  a  European  tinplate  equity  method 
investment. See Note B for more information. 

INTEREST EXPENSE AND INTEREST INCOME

Interest expense expense increased from $436 in 2023 to $452 in 2024 and interest income increased from $53 in 2023 to $82 
in 2024 primarily due to lower net debt balances throughout 2024 as compared to 2023.

Interest expense increased from $284 in 2022 to $436 in 2023 and interest income increased from $15 in 2022 to $53 in 2023 
primarily due to higher interest rates.

TAXES ON INCOME

The Company's effective income tax rates were as follows:  

Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes 
Effective income tax rate

2024
$  743 
  183 

2023
$  795 
  222 

2022
$ 1,056 
  243 

 24.6 %

 27.9 %

 23.0 %

The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2024 compared to 2023, was primarily due to income tax benefits of $127 related to the 
pension  settlement  charges  and  $25  related  to  the  release  of  valuation  allowances  resulting  from  improved  profitability  in 
Switzerland partially offset by a tax charge of $64 in the U.S. on the distribution from the sale of Eviosys.

The  increase  in  the  effective  tax  rate  in  2023  compared  to  2022,  was  primarily  due  to  the  geographic  distribution  of  the 
Company's world-wide earnings in higher-tax jurisdictions. In 2022, the effective tax rate included an income tax charge of $11 
for  the  sale  of  the  Company's  Transit  Packaging  segment's  Kiwiplan  business.    See  Note  T  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements for further details of taxes on income.

The Company expects to record a tax benefit of approximately $22 in 2025 after an internal reorganization which will result in 
the release of deferred tax liabilities related to the foreign currency impact of certain inter-company debt instruments that were 
designated as hedges of the Company's net investment in a euro-based subsidiary.

EQUITY IN NET EARNINGS OF AFFILIATES

Equity in earnings of affiliates decreased from $14 in 2023 to $0 in 2024 primarily due to lower earnings from Eviosys, the 
European tinplate equity method investment, which was sold in the fourth quarter of 2024. After the sale, the Company does 
not expect equity earnings to be material to the Company's results of operations.

31

 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  decreased  from  $1,453  in  2023  to  $1,192  primarily  due  to  higher  cash  taxes  paid, 
primarily related to the gain on the distribution from the Eviosys sale and higher pension contributions, primarily related to the 
settlement of a portion of the U.S. pension plan in 2024.  See Note B and Note S for more information.

Receivables decreased from $1,719 at December 31, 2023 to $1,656 at December 31, 2024 primarily due to unfavorable foreign 
currency  translation.    Days  sales  outstanding  for  trade  receivables,  excluding  the  impact  of  unbilled  receivables,  was  34  at 
December 31, 2023 compared to 32 at December 31, 2024.

Inventories decreased from $1,613 at December 31, 2023 to $1,440 at December 31, 2024 primarily due to efforts to reduce 
inventory  levels  across  most  businesses  and  unfavorable  foreign  currency  translation.  Inventory  turnover  decreased  from  67 
days at December 31, 2023 to 59 days at December 31, 2024.

Accounts payable decreased from $2,459 at December 31, 2023 to $2,425 at December 31, 2024 primarily due to unfavorable 
foreign currency translation. Days outstanding for trade payables increased from 89 days at December 31, 2023 to 91 days at 
December 31, 2024.

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Cash used for investing activities decreased from $804 in 2023 to $12 in 2024 primarily due to lower capital expenditures and 
the $338 proceeds received from the distribution related to the sale of Eviosys.  Additionally, 2023 included the purchase of 
Helvetia Packaging AG for $126 and a distribution from Eviosys of $68.  See Note B for more information.

The Company currently expects capital expenditures in 2025 to be approximately $450.

At  December  31,  2024,  the  Company  had  approximately  $48  of  capital  commitments  primarily  related  to  its  Americas 
Beverage  and  European  Beverage  segments.    The  Company  expects  to  fund  these  commitments  primarily  through  cash 
generated from operations.

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Financing activities provided cash of $116 in 2023 and used cash for $1,526 in 2024.  

In August 2024, the Company issued €600 principal amount of 4.50% senior unsecured notes due 2030 and used the proceeds 
to  pay  down  the  €600  principal  amount  of  2.625%  senior  unsecured  notes  due  September  2024.  Additionally,  in  December 
2024, the Company redeemed the €600 principal amount of 3.375% senior unsecured notes due May 2025 and $400 principal 
amount of the U.S. dollar term loan facility. During 2024, the Company also repurchased $217 of common stock. 

In May 2023, the Company issued €500 principal amount of 5.0% senior unsecured notes due 2028.  Additionally, in December 
2023, the Company issued €500 principal amount of 4.75% senior unsecured notes due 2029 and used a portion of the proceeds 
to pay down the U.S. dollar term loan facility.  The Company also repaid revolver borrowings of $329 in 2023.

LIQUIDITY

As  of  December  31,  2024,  $676  of  the  Company's  $918  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  was  located  outside  the  U.S.  The 
Company is not aware of any legal restrictions under foreign law that materially impact its access to cash held outside the U.S. 
The Company funds its cash needs in the U.S. through a combination of cash flows from operations, dividends from certain 
foreign  subsidiaries,  borrowings  under  its  revolving  credit  facility  and  the  acceleration  of  cash  receipts  under  its  receivable 
securitization and factoring facilities.  Of the cash and cash equivalents located outside the U.S., $304 was held by subsidiaries 
for which earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested.  

The  Company's  revolving  credit  agreements  provide  capacity  of  $1,650  and,  as  of  December  31,  2024,  the  Company  had 
available  capacity  of  $1,614.  The  Company  could  have  borrowed  this  amount  at  December  31,  2024  and  still  have  been  in 
compliance with its leverage ratio covenant. 

32

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company's debt agreements contain covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other 
things, incur additional debt, pay dividends or repurchase capital stock, make certain other restricted payments, create liens and 
engage in sale and leaseback transactions.  These restrictions are subject to a number of exceptions, however, which allow the 
Company  to  incur  additional  debt,  create  liens  or  make  otherwise  restricted  payments  provided  that  the  Company  is  in 
compliance with applicable financial and other covenants and meets certain liquidity requirements.

The  Company’s  revolving  credit  facilities  and  term  loan  facilities  also  contain  a  total  leverage  ratio  covenant.    The  leverage 
ratio  is  calculated  as  total  net  debt  divided  by  Consolidated  EBITDA  (as  defined  in  the  credit  agreement).  Total  net  debt  is 
defined in the credit agreement as total debt less cash and cash equivalents. Consolidated EBITDA is calculated as the sum of, 
among  other  things,  net  income  attributable  to  Crown  Holdings,  net  income  attributable  to  certain  of  the  Company's 
subsidiaries, income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and certain non-cash charges.  The Company’s total 
net leverage ratio of 2.6 to 1.0 at December 31, 2024 was in compliance with the covenant requiring a ratio no greater than 4.5 
to  1.0.  The  ratio  is  calculated  at  the  end  of  each  quarter  using  debt  and  cash  balances  as  of  the  end  of  the  quarter  and 
Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent twelve months. Failure to meet the financial covenant could result in the acceleration 
of any outstanding amounts due under the revolving credit facilities and term loan facilities. 

In order to reduce leverage and future interest payments, the Company may from time to time repurchase outstanding notes and 
debentures with cash or seek to refinance its existing credit facilities and other indebtedness. The Company will evaluate any 
such transactions in light of any required premiums and then existing market conditions and may determine not to pursue such 
transactions. 

The Company’s current sources of liquidity also include a securitization facility with a program limit up to a maximum of $800 
that expires in July 2025 and securitization facilities with program limits of $230 and $160 that expire in November 2025. The 
Company accounts for transfers under these facilities as either sales or secured borrowings based on whether it has transferred 
control over the factored receivables as further discussed in Note D to the consolidated statements.

The  Company  utilizes  its  cash  flows  from  operations,  borrowings  under  its  revolving  credit  facilities  and  the  acceleration  of 
cash receipts under its receivables securitization and factoring programs to primarily fund its operations, capital expenditures 
and financing obligations.

The Company has managed its various pension plan liabilities through opportunistic purchases of annuity insurance contracts 
for portions of outstanding defined pension obligations using plan assets for further information on the group annuity insurance 
contracts purchased to transfer portions of the Company's Canadian and primary U.S. defined benefit pension liabilities in Note 
S.

Cash  payments  required  for  purchase  obligations  and  projected  pension  contributions  in  effect  at  December  31,  2024,  are 
summarized in the following table:

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030 &
after

Total

Payments Due by Period

Purchase obligations (1)
Projected pension contributions (2)
Total

$ 

$ 

2,938  $ 
20 
2,958  $ 

1,959  $ 
29 
1,988  $ 

1,833  $ 
27 
1,860  $ 

1,288  $ 
51 
1,339  $ 

511  $ 

28 
539  $ 

633  $ 
— 
633  $ 

9,162 
155 
9,317 

All amounts due in foreign currencies are translated at exchange rates as of December 31, 2024.
(1) These purchase commitments specify significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable pricing 
      provisions; and the approximate timing of transactions.
(2) Pension projections require the use of numerous estimates and assumptions such as discount rates, rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, 

 health care cost increases, mortality and employee turnover and therefore projected contributions been provided for only five years.                                             

Long term debt obligations, including fixed and variable rate debt, are further discussed in Note N.  Long-term debt payments 
due in February 2026 include the Company's $875 4.75% senior notes and €500 ($518) 2.875% senior notes.  The Company 
expects  to  refinance  or  repay  these  notes  at  maturity  The  Company  currently  expects  interest  payments  on  debt  and 
securitization and factoring in 2025 to be approximately $340.  This estimate is based on projected interest rates as of December 
31,  2024,  long-term  debt  balances,  average  borrowings  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  securitization  and  factoring 
estimates.  

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

The  Company  also  has  certain  guarantees  and  indemnification  agreements  that  could  require  the  payment  of  cash  upon  the 
occurrence of certain events. The guarantees and agreements are further discussed under Note Q to the consolidated financial 
statements.  

Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information

As disclosed in Note N, the Company and certain of its 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries provide guarantees of 
senior notes and debentures issued by other 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries. These senior notes and debentures 
are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries in the U.S., except in the case 
of the Company’s outstanding senior notes issued by Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., which are fully and unconditionally 
guaranteed by Crown Holdings, Inc. (Parent). No other subsidiary guarantees the debt and the guarantees are made on a joint 
and several basis.

The senior notes and guarantees are senior unsecured obligations of the issuers and the guarantors, and are:

•

•

•
•

effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the issuers and the guarantors to the extent 
of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including any borrowings under the Company’s senior secured 
credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness;
structurally  subordinated  to  all  indebtedness  of  the  Company’s  non-guarantor  subsidiaries,  which  include  all  of  the 
Company’s foreign subsidiaries and any U.S. subsidiaries that are neither obligors nor guarantors of the Company’s 
senior secured credit facilities;
ranked equal in right of payment to any existing or future senior indebtedness of the issuers and the guarantors; and
ranked senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the issuers and the guarantors.

Each guarantee of a guarantor is limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed that will not 
(after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, 
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of all other guarantors in respect of the obligations of such 
other  guarantors  under  their  respective  guarantees  of  the  guaranteed  obligations)  render  the  guarantee,  as  it  relates  to  such 
guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyances or fraudulent transfers.

A guarantee of a guarantor other than the Parent will be unconditionally released and discharged upon any of the following:

•

•

•

any transfer (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by the Parent or any subsidiary of the 
Parent to any person or entity that is not the Parent or a subsidiary of the Parent of (1) all of the equity interests of, or 
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of, such guarantor; or (2) equity interests of such guarantor or any 
issuance  by  such  guarantor  of  its  equity  interests,  such  that  such  guarantor  ceases  to  be  a  subsidiary  of  the  Parent; 
provided that such guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of indebtedness under the Company’s 
senior secured credit facilities;
the release of such guarantor from all obligations of such guarantor in respect of indebtedness under the Company’s 
senior secured credit facilities, except to the extent such guarantor is otherwise required to provide a guarantee; or
upon the contemporaneous release or discharge of all guarantees by such guarantor which would have required such 
guarantor to provide a guarantee under the applicable indenture.

The following tables present summarized financial information related to the senior notes issued by the Company’s subsidiary 
debt  issuers  and  guarantors  on  a  combined  basis  for  each  issuer  and  its  guarantors  (together,  an  “obligor  group”)  after 
elimination of (i) intercompany transactions and balances among the Parent and the guarantors and (ii) equity in earnings from 
and  investments  in  any  subsidiary  that  is  a  non-guarantor.  Crown  Cork  Obligor  group  consists  of  Crown  Cork  &  Seal 
Company,  Inc.  and  the  Parent.  Crown  Americas  Obligor  group  consists  of  Crown  Americas  LLC,  Crown  Americas  Capital 
Corp. V, Crown Americas Capital Corp. VI, the Parent, and substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries in the U.S.

Crown Cork Obligor Group

Net sales

Gross Profit

Income from operations
Net income1
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings1
(1)  Includes $55 of expense related to intercompany interest with non-guarantor subsidiaries.

34

$ 

December 31, 2024

— 

— 

1 

(140) 

(140) 

 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities1
(1)  Includes payables of $5,905 due to non-guarantor subsidiaries

Crown Americas Obligor Group

Net sales1
Gross profit2
Income from operations2
Net income from continuing operations3
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings3
(1)  Includes $433 of sales to non-guarantor subsidiaries
(2)  Includes $43 of gross profit related to sales to non-guarantor subsidiaries
(3)  Includes $27 of expense related to intercompany interest and technology royalties with non-guarantor subsidiaries

Current assets1
Non-current assets2
Current liabilities3
Non-current liabilities4
(1)  Includes receivables of $32 due from non-guarantor subsidiaries
(2)  Includes receivables of $167 due from non-guarantor subsidiaries
(3)  Includes payables of $20 due to non-guarantor subsidiaries
(4)  Includes payables of $2,242 due to non-guarantor subsidiaries

$ 

$ 

$ 

December 31, 2024

47 

22 

68 

6,647 

December 31, 2024

4,840 

799 

305 

(385) 

(385) 

December 31, 2024

1,056 

3,756 

1,158 

6,136 

The  senior  notes  are  structurally  subordinated  to  all  indebtedness  of  the  Company’s  non-guarantor  subsidiaries.  The  non-
guarantors  are  separate  and  distinct  legal  entities  and  have  no  obligation,  contingent  or  otherwise,  to  pay  any  amounts  due 
pursuant  to  the  senior  notes,  or  to  make  any  funds  available  therefore,  whether  by  dividends,  loans,  distributions  or  other 
payments.  Any  right  that  the  Company  or  the  guarantors  have  to  receive  any  assets  of  any  of  the  non-guarantors  upon  the 
liquidation or reorganization of any non-guarantor, and the consequent rights of holders of senior notes to realize proceeds from 
the sale of any of a non-guarantor’s assets, would be effectively subordinated to the claims of such non-guarantor’s creditors, 
including trade creditors and holders of preferred equity interests, if any, of such non-guarantor. Accordingly, in the event of a 
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of the non-guarantors, the non-guarantors will pay the holders of their debts, 
holders of preferred equity interests, if any, and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to 
the Company or any of the guarantors.

Under U.S. federal bankruptcy laws or comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the issuance of the senior note 
guarantees by the guarantors could be voided, or claims in respect of such obligations could be subordinated to all of their other 
debts  and  other  liabilities,  if,  among  other  things,  at  the  time  the  guarantors  issued  the  related  senior  note  guarantees,  the 
Company or the applicable guarantor intended to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor, or received less than 
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such indebtedness and either:

•
•

•

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; 
was engaged in a business or transaction for which the Company’s or such guarantor’s remaining assets constituted 
unreasonably small capital; or
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

Each guarantee provided by a guarantor includes a provision intended to limit the guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount 
that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
This  provision  may  not  be  effective  to  protect  those  guarantees  from  being  avoided  under  fraudulent  transfer  or  conveyance 
law, or it may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless, and we cannot 
predict whether a court will ultimately find it to be effective.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MARKET RISK

Crown Holdings, Inc.

In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest 
rates and commodity prices. The Company manages these risks through a program that includes the use of derivative financial 
instruments, primarily swaps and forwards. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. These instruments 
are viewed as risk management tools, involve little complexity, and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. The extent 
to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent upon its access to them in the financial markets and its use of other 
methods, such as netting exposures for foreign exchange risk and establishing sales arrangements that permit the pass-through 
to customers of changes in commodity prices and foreign exchange rates, to effectively achieve its goal of risk reduction. The 
Company’s objective in managing its exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow.

The Company manages foreign currency exposures at the operating unit level. Exposures that cannot be naturally offset within 
an  operating  unit  may  be  hedged  with  derivative  financial  instruments  where  possible  and  cost  effective  in  the  Company’s 
judgment. Foreign exchange contracts generally mature within twelve months.

The  table  below  provides  information  in  U.S.  dollars  as  of  December  31,  2024  about  the  Company’s  forward  currency 
exchange contracts. The contracts primarily hedge anticipated transactions, trade payables and receivables, unrecognized firm 
commitments and intercompany debt. The contracts with no amounts in the fair value column have a fair value of less than $1. 
The contract with no amount in the average contractual exchange rate has an exchange rate less than $.01. 

Buy/Sell
Euro/Sterling
Sterling/Euro
Euro/Swiss franc
U.S. dollars/Brazilian real
Euro/U.S. dollars
Singapore dollars/U.S. dollars
Euro/Danish krone
Euro/Swedish krona
U.S. dollars/Thai baht
Canadian dollars/U.S. dollars
U.S. dollars/Turkish lira
Turkish lira/U.S. dollars
Euro/Australian dollars

Contract
amount

$ 

$ 

Contract
fair value
gain/(loss)

Average
contractual
exchange rate

(3)   
2 
— 
3 
(2)   
(1)   
— 
— 
— 
— 
(3)   
1 
— 
(3) 

1.18 
0.85 
1.09 
0.17 
0.92 
1.33 
0.13 
0.09 
0.03 
1.44 
0.02 
39.84 
0.58 

188  $ 
121 
77 
88 
48 
50 
38 
36 
52 
35 
32 
22 
6 
793  $ 

At December 31, 2024, the Company had additional contracts with an aggregate notional value of $15 to purchase or sell other 
currencies, primarily Asian currencies, including the Chinese yuan, Indonesian rupiah, Malaysian ringgit, Singapore dollar and 
Thai  baht;  European  currencies,  including  the  Polish  zloty  and  the  New  Zealand  dollar.    The  aggregate  fair  value  of  these 
contracts was a loss of $2.

At  December  31,  2024,  the  Company  had  cross-currency  swaps  with  an  aggregate  notional  values  of  $875.    The  swaps  are 
designated as hedges of the Company's net investment in a euro-based subsidiary and mature in 2026.  The fair value of these 
contracts at December 31, 2024 was a net gain of $86. 

Total  future  payments  of  long-term  debt  obligations  at  December  31,  2024  include  $3,448  of  U.S.  dollar-denominated  debt, 
$2,713 of euro-denominated debt and $10 of debt denominated in other currencies.

The Company, from time to time, may manage its interest rate risk associated with fluctuations in variable interest rates through 
interest  rate  swaps.    The  use  of  interest  rate  swaps  and  other  methods  of  mitigating  interest  rate  risk  may  increase  overall 
interest expense.  As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $1.8 billion principal floating interest rate debt and $1.1 billion 
of  securitization  and  factoring.  A  change  of  0.25%  in  these  floating  interest  rates  would  change  annual  interest  expense  by 
approximately $7 million before tax.  The actual effect of a 0.25% increase in these floating interest rates could be more than $7 
million as the Company’s average borrowings on its variable rate debt and securitization and factoring may be higher during the 
year than the amount at December 31, 2024.

The Company uses various raw materials, such as aluminum and steel in its manufacturing operations, which expose it to risk 
from adverse fluctuations in commodity prices. In 2024, consumption of aluminum and steel represented 46% and 7% of the 
Company’s consolidated cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization.  The Company primarily manages its 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

risk  to  adverse  commodity  price  fluctuations  and  surcharges  through  contracts  that  pass  through  raw  material  costs  to 
customers.  The  company  also  uses  commodity  forward  contracts  to  manage  its  exposure  to  these  raw  material  costs.    The 
Company may, however, be unable to increase its prices to offset increases in raw material costs without suffering reductions in 
unit  volume,  revenue  and  operating  income,  and  any  price  increases  may  take  effect  after  related  cost  increases,  reducing 
operating  income  in  the  near  term.    As  of  December  31,  2024,  the  Company  had  forward  commodity  contracts  to  hedge 
aluminum  price  fluctuations  with  a  notional  value  of  $73  and  a  net  gain  of  $7.  The  maturities  of  the  commodity  contracts 
closely correlate to the anticipated purchases of those commodities. 

In  addition,  the  Company's  manufacturing  facilities  are  dependent,  to  varying  degrees,  upon  the  availability  of  water  and 
processed energy, such as natural gas and electricity.   

See Note O to the consolidated financial statements for further information on the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 

Compliance with the Company’s Environmental Protection Policy is mandatory and the responsibility of each employee of the 
Company.  The  Company  is  committed  to  the  protection  of  human  health  and  the  environment  and  is  operating  within  the 
increasingly  complex  laws  and  regulations  of  national,  state,  and  local  environmental  agencies  or  is  taking  action  to  achieve 
compliance  with  such  laws  and  regulations.  Environmental  considerations  are  among  the  criteria  by  which  the  Company 
evaluates projects, products, processes and purchases.

The Company is dedicated to a long-term environmental protection program and has initiated and implemented many pollution 
prevention programs with an emphasis on source reduction. The Company continues to reduce the amount of metal used in the 
manufacture  of  steel  and  aluminum  containers  through  “lightweighting”  programs.  The  Company  recycles  nearly  100%  of 
scrap  aluminum,  steel  and  copper  used  in  its  manufacturing  processes.  Many  of  the  Company’s  programs  for  pollution 
prevention reduce operating costs and improve operating efficiencies.

The  potential  impact  on  the  Company’s  operations  of  climate  change  and  potential  future  climate  change  regulation  in  the 
jurisdictions in which the Company operates is highly uncertain. See the risk factor entitled “The Company is subject to costs 
and liabilities related to stringent environmental and health and safety standards” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report.

See  Note  Q  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  additional  information  on  environmental  matters  including  the 
Company's accrual for environmental remediation costs.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America which require that management make numerous estimates and assumptions. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates and assumptions, impacting the reported results of operations and financial position of 
the  Company.  The  Company’s  significant  accounting  policies  are  more  fully  described  under  Note  A  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements. Certain accounting policies, however, are considered to be critical in that (i) they are most important to the 
depiction of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and (ii) their application requires management’s most 
subjective judgment in making estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Asbestos Liabilities

The Company’s potential liability for asbestos cases is uncertain due to the difficulty of forecasting many factors, including the 
level  of  future  claims,  the  rate  of  receipt  of  claims,  the  jurisdiction  in  which  claims  are  filed,  the  nature  of  future  claims 
(including the seriousness of alleged disease, whether claimants allege first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964 and the 
alleged link to Crown Cork), the terms of settlements of other defendants with asbestos-related liabilities, bankruptcy filings of 
other defendants (which may result in additional claims and higher settlement demands for non-bankrupt defendants) and the 
effect of state asbestos legislation (including the validity and applicability of the Pennsylvania legislation to non-Pennsylvania 
jurisdictions, where the substantial majority of the Company’s asbestos cases are filed). See Note P to the consolidated financial 
statements for additional information regarding the provision for asbestos-related costs.

At the end of each quarter, the Company considers whether there have been any material developments that would cause it to 
update its asbestos accrual calculations. Absent any significant developments in the asbestos litigation environment in general 
or with respect to the Company specifically, the Company updates its accrual calculations in the fourth quarter of each year.  
The  Company  estimates  its  liability  without  limitation  to  a  specified  time  period  and  provides  for  the  estimated  amounts 
expected to be paid related to outstanding claims, projected future claims and legal costs.

37

 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Outstanding  claims  used  in  the  accrual  calculation  are  adjusted  for  factors  such  as  claims  filed  in  those  states  where  the 
Company’s liability is limited by statute, claims alleging first exposure to asbestos after 1964 which are assumed to have no 
value and claims which are unlikely to ever be paid and are assumed to have a reduced or nominal value based on the length of 
time outstanding.  Projected future claims are calculated based on actual data for the most recent five years and are adjusted to 
account for the expectation that a percentage of these claims will never be paid. Outstanding and projected claims are multiplied 
by the average settlement cost of claims for the most recent five years.  As claims are not submitted or settled evenly throughout 
the year, it is difficult to predict at any time during the year whether the number of claims or average settlement cost over the 
five year period ending December 31 of such year will increase compared to the prior five year period.

In  recent  years,  a  higher  percentage  of  Crown  Cork’s  settlements  have  related  to  claims  alleging  serious  disease  (primarily 
mesothelioma) which are settled at higher dollar amounts.  Accordingly, a higher percentage of claims projected into the future  
relate to serious diseases and are therefore valued at higher dollar amounts.  As of December 31, 2024, approximately 60% of 
the  projected  future  claims  in  the  Company’s  accrual  calculation  relate  to  claims  alleging  serious  diseases  such  as 
mesothelioma. 

The five year average settlement cost per claim was $14,300 in 2022, $15,800 in 2023 and $17,700 in 2024.  If Crown Cork 
continues to settle a high percentage of claims alleging serious disease at higher dollar amounts, average settlement costs per 
claim  are  likely  to  increase  and,  if  not  offset  by  a  reduction  in  overall  claims  and  settlements,  the  Company  may  record 
additional charges in the future.  A 10% change in either the average cost per claim or the number of projected claims would 
increase or decrease the estimated liability at December 31, 2024 by $18. A 10% increase in these two factors at the same time 
would  increase  the  estimated  liability  at  December  31,  2024  by  $39.    A  10%  decrease  in  these  two  factors  at  the  same  time 
would decrease the estimated liability at December 31, 2024 by $35.

Goodwill Impairment

The  Company  performs  a  goodwill  impairment  review  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year  or  when  facts  and  circumstances 
indicate goodwill may be impaired. In accordance with the accounting guidance, the Company may first perform a qualitative 
assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting units to determine whether further quantitative impairment testing is necessary. 
Factors  that  the  Company  may  consider  in  its  qualitative  assessment  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  general  economic 
conditions, changes in the markets in which the Company operates and changes in input costs that may affect revenue growth, 
gross margin percentages and cash flow trends over multiple periods.

The quantitative impairment test involves a number of assumptions and judgments, including the calculation of fair value for 
the Company’s identified reporting units. The Company determines the estimated fair value for each reporting unit based on an 
average of the estimated fair values calculated using both market and income approaches.  The Company uses an average of the 
two methods in estimating fair value because it believes they both provide an appropriate fair value for the reporting units. The 
Company’s  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  include  assumptions  concerning  future  operating  performance  and  economic 
conditions  and  may  differ  from  actual  future  cash  flows.  Under  the  market  approach,  the  Company  utilizes  significant 
assumptions relating to EBITDA and revenue multiples used in recent similar transactions, if any, and EBITDA and revenue 
multiples of similar type and size public companies.  The appropriate multiple is applied to the respective financial results of the 
reporting unit to obtain an estimated fair value.  

Under the income approach, fair value is calculated as the sum of the projected discounted cash flows of the reporting unit over 
the next five years and the terminal value at the end of those five years. The projected cash flows generally include moderate to 
no growth assumptions, depending on the reporting unit, unless there has recently been a material change in the business or a 
material change is forecasted. The discount rate used is based on the average weighted-average cost of capital of companies in 
the consumer and industrial packaging industries, which information is available through various sources, adjusted for specific 
risk premiums for each reporting unit.

The Company completed its annual review for 2024 and determined that no adjustments to the carrying value of goodwill were 
necessary. Although no goodwill impairment was recorded, there can be no assurances that future goodwill impairments will 
not occur.  

Long-lived Assets Impairment

The  Company  performs  an  impairment  review  of  its  long-lived  assets,  including  finite-lived  intangible  assets  and  property, 
plant and equipment, when facts and circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable from its undiscounted 
cash flows. Any impairment loss is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The Company’s 
estimates  of  future  cash  flows  involve  assumptions  concerning  future  operating  performance,  economic  conditions  and 

38

Crown Holdings, Inc.

technological changes that may affect the future useful lives of the assets. These estimates may differ from actual cash flows or 
useful lives.

Tax Valuation Allowance

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion of the 
tax assets will not be realized. The estimate of the amount that will not be realized requires the use of assumptions concerning 
the Company’s future taxable income. These estimates are projected through the life of the related deferred tax assets based on 
assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The Company considers all sources of taxable income in estimating its
valuation  allowances,  including  taxable  income  in  any  available  carry  back  period;  the  reversal  of  taxable  temporary 
differences;  tax-planning  strategies;  and  taxable  income  expected  to  be  generated  in  the  future  other  than  from  reversing 
temporary differences.

Should the Company change its estimate of the amount of deferred tax assets that it would be able to realize, an adjustment to 
the  valuation  allowance  would  result  in  an  increase  or  decrease  in  tax  expense  in  the  period  such  a  change  in  estimate  was 
made. See Note T to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the Company’s valuation allowances.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

Accounting  for  pensions  and  postretirement  benefit  plans  requires  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  regarding  numerous 
factors, including discount rates, rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, health care cost increases, future rates 
of inflation, mortality and employee turnover. Actual results may differ from the Company’s actuarial assumptions, which may 
have an impact on the amount of reported expense or liability for pensions or postretirement benefits. The Company recorded 
pension expense of $562 in 2024, including charges of $516 related to the partial settlements of the Company's defined benefit 
pension plan obligations in the U.S. and Canada. The Company currently projects its 2025 pension expense to be $32, using 
foreign currency exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2024.  The Company uses the spot yield curve approach to estimate 
the  service  and  interest  cost  components  of  pension  and  postretirement  benefits  expense  by  applying  the  specific  spot  rates 
along the yield curve used to determine the benefit plan obligations to relevant projected cash outflows. The expected long-term 
rate of return on plan assets is determined by taking into consideration expected long-term returns associated with each major 
asset  class  based  on  long-term  historical  ranges,  projected  future  outlook  of  each  asset  class,  inflation  assumptions  and  the 
expected net value from active management of the assets based on actual results. 

The U.S. plan’s assumed rate of return was 7.15% in 2024.  A 0.50% change in the expected rates of return would change 2025 
pension expense by approximately $2.

Discount  rates  were  selected  using  a  method  that  matches  projected  payouts  from  the  plans  to  an  actuarial  determined  yield 
curve based on market observable AA bond yields in the respective plan jurisdictions and currencies. In certain jurisdictions, 
government  securities  were  used  along  with  corporate  bonds  to  develop  country-specific  yield  curves  to  the  extent  that  the 
underlying  markets  were  not  deemed  sufficiently  developed.    A  0.50%  change  in  the  discount  rates  from  those  used  at 
December 31, 2024 would change 2025 pension expense by approximately $4 and postretirement expense by less than $1. A 
0.50% change in the discount rates from those used at December 31, 2024 would have changed the pension benefit obligation 
by approximately $30 and the postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $3 as of December 31, 2024.  See Note S to 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  additional  information  on  pension  and  postretirement  benefit  obligations  and 
assumptions.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had a pre-tax unrecognized net loss in accumulated other comprehensive income of 
$109 related to its pension plans and a pre-tax unrecognized net gain in accumulated other comprehensive income of $5 related 
to  its  other  postretirement  benefit  plans.  Unrecognized  gains  and  losses  arise  each  year  primarily  due  to  changes  in  discount 
rates,  differences  in  actual  plan  asset  returns  compared  to  expected  returns,  and  changes  in  actuarial  assumptions  such  as 
mortality.    Unrecognized  gains  and  losses  are  accumulated  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  the  portion  in  each  plan  that 
exceeds 10% of the greater of that plan’s assets or projected benefit obligation is amortized to income over future periods. The 
Company’s  pension  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2024  included  charges  of  $34  for  the  amortization  of 
accumulated  net  losses,  and  the  Company  estimates  charges  of  $10  in  2025.    Amortizable  losses  are  being  recognized  over 
either the average expected life of inactive employees or the remaining service life of active participants depending on the status 
of the individual plans.  The weighted average amortization periods range between 8 - 16 years.  An increase or decrease of 
10% in the number of years used to amortize unrecognized losses in each plan would change estimated charges for 2025 by $1.  

39

RECENT ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

Crown Holdings, Inc.

In November 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a final standard on disaggregation of income statement 
expenses.  The  standard  requires  disclosure  of  more  detailed  information  about  certain  costs  and  expenses  in  the  notes  to  the 
financial  statements.  The  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2026  and  for  interim  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2027.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  standard  is  applied  prospectively  with  an  option  for 
retrospective adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its disclosures. 

In  December  2023,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  a  final  standard  on  improvements  to  income  tax 
disclosures. The standard requires disclosure of specific categories within the effective tax rate reconciliation and details about 
significant reconciling items, subject to a quantitative threshold. The standard also requires information on income taxes paid 
disaggregated by federal, state and foreign based on a quantitative threshold. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The standard is applied prospectively with an option for retrospective 
adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its disclosures. 

See Note A to the consolidated financial statements for information on recently adopted accounting guidance.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements  in  this  Annual  Report,  including  those  in  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations,” in the discussions of the provision for asbestos under Note P and other contingencies under Note Q to 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual  Report  and  in  discussions  incorporated  by  reference  into  this 
Annual  Report  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  in  the  section  titled  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis”  in  the 
Company’s  Proxy  Statement),  which  are  not  historical  facts  (including  any  statements  concerning  plans  and  objectives  of 
management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto), are “forward-looking statements,” 
within the meaning of the federal securities laws. In addition, the Company and its representatives may from time to time make 
other oral or written statements which are also “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by 
words,  such  as  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “anticipates,”  “expects”  and  other  words  of  similar  meaning  in  connection  with  a 
discussion  of  future  operating  or  financial  performance.  These  may  include,  among  others,  statements  relating  to  (i)  the 
Company’s plans or objectives for future operations, products or financial performance, (ii) the Company’s indebtedness and 
other contractual obligations, (iii) the impact of an economic downturn or growth in particular regions, (iv) anticipated uses of 
cash, (v) cost reduction efforts and expected savings, (vi) the Company’s policies with respect to executive compensation, (vii) 
the Company's progress on sustainability and environmental matters and (viii) the expected outcome of contingencies, including 
with respect to asbestos-related litigation and pension and postretirement liabilities.

These  forward-looking  statements  are  made  based  upon  management’s  expectations  and  beliefs  concerning  future  events 
impacting the Company and, therefore, involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Management cautions that forward-looking 
statements  are  not  guarantees  and  that  actual  results  could  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  in  the  forward-
looking statements.

Important factors that could cause the actual results of operations or financial condition of the Company to differ include, but 
are  not  necessarily  limited  to,  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  expand  successfully  in  international  and  emerging  markets;  the 
ability of the Company to repay, refinance or restructure its short and long-term indebtedness on adequate terms and to comply 
with the terms of its agreements relating to debt; the Company’s ability to generate significant cash to meet its obligations and 
invest in its business and to maintain appropriate debt levels; restrictions on the Company’s use of available cash under its debt 
agreements; changes or differences in U.S. or international economic or political conditions, such as inflation or fluctuations in 
interest or foreign exchange rates (and the effectiveness of any currency or interest rate hedges), tax rates, and applicable tax 
laws (including with respect to taxation of unrepatriated non-U.S. earnings or as a result of the depletion of net loss or foreign 
tax  credit  carryforwards);  the  impact  of  foreign  trade  laws  and  practices;  the  collectability  of  receivables;  war  or  acts  of 
terrorism that may disrupt the Company’s production or the supply or pricing of raw materials impact the financial condition of 
customers  or  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  refinance  or  restructure  its  remaining  indebtedness;  changes  in  the 
availability and pricing of raw materials (including aluminum can sheet, steel tinplate, energy, water, inks and coatings) and the 
Company’s  ability  to  pass  raw  material,  energy  and  freight  price  increases  and  surcharges  through  to  its  customers  or  to 
otherwise  manage  these  commodity  pricing  risks;    the  Company’s  ability  to  obtain  and  maintain  adequate  pricing  for  its 
products, including the impact on the Company’s revenue, margins and market share and the ongoing impact of price increases; 
energy and natural resource costs; the cost and other effects of legal and administrative cases and proceedings, settlements and 
investigations; the outcome of asbestos-related litigation; the Company’s ability to realize deferred tax benefits; changes in the 
Company’s critical or other accounting policies or the assumptions underlying those policies; labor relations and workforce and 
social costs, including the Company’s pension and postretirement obligations and other employee or retiree costs; investment 

40

Crown Holdings, Inc.

performance of the Company’s pension plans; costs and difficulties related to the acquisition of a business and integration of 
acquired businesses; the impact of any actual or potential dispositions, acquisitions or other strategic realignments (such as the 
Company's  recently  completed  divestiture  of  its  European  Tinplate  business),  which  may  impact  the  Company’s  operations, 
financial  profile,  investments  or  levels  of  indebtedness;  the  Company’s  ability  to  realize  efficient  capacity  utilization  and 
inventory  levels  and  to  innovate  new  designs  and  technologies  for  its  products  in  a  cost-effective  manner;  competitive 
pressures,  including  new  product  developments,  industry  overcapacity,  or  changes  in  competitors’  pricing  for  products;  the 
Company’s ability to achieve high capacity utilization rates for its equipment; the Company’s ability to maintain, develop and 
capitalize  on  competitive  technologies  for  the  design  and  manufacture  of  products  and  to  withstand  competitive  and  legal 
challenges to the proprietary nature of such technology; the Company’s ability to protect its information technology systems 
from  attacks  or  catastrophic  failure;  the  strength  of  the  Company’s  cyber-security  (including  with  respect  to  human 
vulnerabilities  associated  with  cyber-security  risks);  the  Company’s  ability  to  generate  sufficient  production  capacity;  the 
Company’s ability to improve and expand its existing product and product lines; the impact of overcapacity on the end-markets 
the Company serves; loss of customers, including the loss of any significant customers; changes in consumer preferences for 
different packaging products; the financial condition of the Company’s vendors and customers;  weather conditions,  including 
their effect on demand for beverages and on crop yields for fruits and vegetables stored in food containers; the impact of natural 
disasters, including in emerging markets; changes in governmental regulations or enforcement practices, including with respect 
to  environmental,  health  and  safety  matters  and  restrictions  as  to  foreign  investment  or  operation;  the  impact  of  increased 
governmental regulation on the Company and its products, including the regulation or restriction of the use of bisphenol-A; the 
impact  of  the  Company’s  recent  initiatives  to  generate  additional  cash,  including  the  reduction  of  working  capital  levels  and 
capital spending; the impact of the Company's comprehensive Board-led review of its portfolio and capital allocation/return; the 
ability  of  the  Company  to  realize  cost  savings  from  its  restructuring  programs;  the  Company’s  ability  to  maintain  adequate 
sources  of  capital  and  liquidity;  costs  and  payments  to  certain  of  the  Company’s  executive  officers  in  connection  with  any 
termination  of  such  executive  officers  or  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company;  the  impact  of  existing  and  future  legislation 
regarding  refundable  mandatory  deposit  laws  in  Europe  for  non-refillable  beverage  containers  and  the  implementation  of  an 
effective  return  system;  the  impact  of  existing  and  future  legislation  regarding  the  taxation  of  sugar-sweetened  beverages  or 
energy drinks, the impact of tariffs and potential limits on steel supply in the U.S. from certain foreign countries; and changes in 
the  Company’s  strategic  areas  of  focus,  which  may  impact  the  Company’s  operations,  financial  profile  or  levels  of 
indebtedness.

Some  of  the  factors  noted  above  are  discussed  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  and  prior  Company  filings  with  the  SEC, 
including within Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report. In addition, other factors have been or may be discussed 
from time to time in the Company’s SEC filings.

While the Company periodically reassesses material trends and uncertainties affecting the Company’s results of operations and 
financial condition in connection with the preparation of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations” and certain other sections contained in the Company’s quarterly, annual or other reports filed with the 
SEC, the Company does not intend to review or revise any particular forward-looking statement in light of future events.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The information set forth within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
under the captions “Market Risk” and "Forward Looking Statements" in this Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

41

Crown Holdings, Inc.

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in 
Rule  13a-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended).  The  Company’s  system  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations,  a  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024. In 
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission  (“COSO”)  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013).  Based  on  its  assessment,  management  has 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those 
criteria.

The  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2024  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

42

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Crown Holdings, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Crown Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") 
as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of changes 
in  shareholders'  equity  and  of  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2024,  including  the 
related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the 
"consolidated  financial  statements").  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express 
opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement, 
whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement 
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. 
Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated 
financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

43

Critical Audit Matters

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Goodwill Impairment Assessments – Certain Reporting Units in the Transit Packaging and Other Segments 

As described in Notes A and F to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $3 
billion  as  of  December  31,  2024,  a  portion  of  which  relates  to  certain  reporting  units  in  the  Transit  Packaging  and  Other 
segments.  Management  performs  a  goodwill  impairment  review  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  year  or  when  facts  and 
circumstances indicate goodwill may be impaired. Management determines the estimated fair value of the reporting unit based 
on an average of the estimated fair values using an income and a market approach. The income approach utilizes significant 
assumptions relating to revenue and Adjusted EBITDA (defined by the Company as net customer sales, less cost of products 
sold excluding depreciation and amortization, less selling and administrative expenses) margin growth rates, and discount rates.  
As disclosed by management, under the market approach, management utilizes significant assumptions relating to EBITDA and 
revenue multiples used in recent similar transactions, if any, and EBITDA and revenue multiples of similar type and size public 
companies.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessments 
of certain reporting units in the Transit Packaging and Other segments is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment 
by  management  when  developing  the  fair  value  estimate  of  the  reporting  units;  (ii)  a  high  degree  of  auditor  judgment, 
subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to revenue and 
Adjusted EBITDA margin growth rates, discount rate, and EBITDA and revenue multiples for the reporting unit in the Transit 
Packaging segment and revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin growth rates and the EBITDA multiple for the reporting unit in 
the Other segment; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall 
opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of  controls  relating  to 
management’s goodwill impairment assessments, including controls over the valuation of certain reporting units in the Transit 
Packaging and Other segments. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing 
the fair value estimate of the reporting units; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the income and market approaches used by 
management; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the income and market approaches; and 
(iv)  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  the  significant  assumptions  used  by  management  related  to  revenue  and  Adjusted 
EBITDA margin growth rates, discount rate, and EBITDA and revenue multiples for the reporting unit in the Transit Packaging 
segment and related to revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin growth rates and the EBITDA multiple for the reporting unit in 
the  Other  segment.  Evaluating  management’s  assumptions  related  to  revenue  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  growth  rates 
involved  evaluating  whether  the  assumptions  used  by  management  were  reasonable  considering  (i)  the  current  and  past 
performance  of  the  reporting  units;  (ii)  the  consistency  with  external  market  and  industry  data;  and  (iii)  whether  these 
assumptions  were  consistent  with  evidence  obtained  in  other  areas  of  the  audit.  Professionals  with  specialized  skill  and 
knowledge  were  used  to  assist  in  evaluating  (i)  the  appropriateness  of  the  income  and  market  approaches,  and  (ii)  the 
reasonableness of the revenue growth rate, discount rate and EBITDA and revenue multiples assumptions for the reporting unit 
in the Transit Packaging segment and the EBITDA multiple for the reporting unit in the Other segment.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 3, 2025

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1928.

44

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions except per share data)

For the Years Ended December 31
Net sales

2024

2023

2022

$  11,801 

$  12,010 

$  12,943 

Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization

Selling and administrative expense

Restructuring and other, net

Income from operations

Loss from early extinguishments of debt

Other pension and postretirement

Gain on sale of equity method investment

Interest expense

Interest income

Foreign exchange

Income before income taxes and equity in net earnings of affiliates  

Provision for income taxes
Equity in net earnings of affiliates

Net income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Crown Holdings

Earnings per common share attributable to Crown Holdings:

Basic

Diluted

$ 

$ 

$ 

9,262 

448 

597 

75 

1,419 

1 

546 

(275) 

452 

(82) 

34 

743 

183 
— 

560 

136 

424 

3.56 

3.55 

9,546 

10,643 

499 

582 

114 

1,269 

1 

49 

— 

436 

(53) 

41 

795 

222 
14 

587 

137 

450 

3.77 

3.76 

$ 

$ 

$ 

460 

556 

(52) 

1,336 

11 

(16) 

— 

284 

(15) 

16 

1,056 

243 
42 

855 

128 

727 

6.01 

5.99 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in millions)

For the Years Ended December 31
Net income

Other comprehensive income / (loss), net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Pension and other postretirement benefits

Derivatives qualifying as hedges

Total other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

Translation adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

Pension and other postretirement benefits attributable to noncontrolling 
interests
Derivatives qualifying as hedges attributable to noncontrolling interests

2024

2023

2022

$ 

560  $ 

587  $ 

855 

(214) 

434 

5 

225 

785 

136 

— 

— 

— 

176 

22 

8 

206 

793 

137 

1 

— 

— 

(41) 

83 

(40) 

2 

857 

128 

(2) 

1 

(3) 

Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings

$ 

649  $ 

655  $ 

733 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in millions, except share data)

December 31
Assets
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
Other non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Short-term debt
Current maturities of long-term debt
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities
Postretirement and pension liabilities
Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note Q)

Equity
Noncontrolling interests

Preferred stock, authorized:  30,000,000;  none issued (Note U)
Common stock, par value: $5.00;  500,000,000 shares authorized; 
    185,744,072 shares issued; 118,503,631 and 120,644,313 shares outstanding 
    in 2024 and 2023 (Note U)
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Crown Holdings shareholders’ equity

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

$ 

$ 

$ 

2024

2023

$ 

$ 

$ 

918 
1,656 
1,440 
197 
4,211 
2,954 
1,044 
4,927 
201 
511 
13,848 

66 
80 
47 
2,425 
847 
3,465 
6,058 
260 
167 
670 

472 

— 

594 
— 
3,624 
(1,462) 

2,756 

3,228 

1,310 
1,719 
1,613 
191 
4,833 
3,117 
1,258 
5,062 
211 
553 
15,034 

16 
759 
45 
2,459 
922 
4,201 
6,699 
414 
175 
681 

454 

— 

604 
17 
3,476 
(1,687) 

2,410 

2,864 

$ 

13,848 

$ 

15,034 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 (in millions)  

For the Years Ended December 31
Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

2024

2023

2022

$ 

560  $ 

587  $ 

855 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Restructuring and other, net

Pension and postretirement expense

Pension contributions

Gain on sale of equity method investment

Stock-based compensation

Deferred income taxes

Asbestos payments

Changes in assets and liabilities: 

Receivables

Inventories

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Prepaids and other assets

Other, net

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Capital expenditures

Proceeds from sale of businesses, net of cash

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash

Net investment hedges

Distribution from equity method investment

Other

Net cash used for investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt

Proceeds from short-term debt

Payments of short-term debt

Proceeds from long-term debt

Payments of long-term debt

Debt issuance costs

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

Dividends paid to shareholders

Common stock repurchased

Other

Net cash (used for) / provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at January 1

448 

75 

568 

(122) 

(275) 

42 

(168) 

(15) 

65 

102 

(90) 
13 

(11) 

499 

114 

70 

(19) 

— 

31 

(53) 

(17) 

98 

463 

(413) 
31 

62 

1,192 

1,453 

(403) 

(793) 

— 

28 

— 

25 

338 

— 

(12) 

— 

222 

(165) 

675 

(1,788) 

(10) 

(119) 

(119) 

(217) 

(5) 

(1,526) 

(38) 

(384) 

1,400 

— 

17 

(126) 

25 

68 

5 

(396) 

129 

(131) 

1,096 

(312) 

(16) 

(126) 

(115) 

(12) 

(1) 

116 

(4) 

761 

639 

460 

(52) 

12 

53 

— 

29 

28 

(21) 

29 

(299) 

(149) 
(44) 

(98) 

803 

(839) 

182 

15 

(31) 

26 

7 

(2) 

268 

45 

(45) 

2,953 

(2,278) 

(25) 

(100) 

(106) 

(722) 

(15) 

(25) 

(90) 

46 

593 

639 

(804) 

(642) 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at December 31

$ 

1,016  $ 

1,400  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T
h
e

a
c
c
o
m
p
a
n
y
i
n
g

n
o
t
e
s

a
r
e

a
n

i
n
t
e
g
r
a
l
p
a
r
t
o
f

t
h
e
s
e

c
o
n
s
o
l
i
d
a
t
e
d

f
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
.

4
9

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
a
t

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1
,

2
0
2
3

$

6
0
4

$

1
7

$

3
,
4
7
6

$

(
1
,
6
8
7
)

$

2
,
4
1
0

$

N
e
t

i
n
c
o
m
e

D
i
v
i
d
e
n
d
s

d
e
c
l
a
r
e
d

C
o
m
m
o
n

s
t
o
c
k

r
e
p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
d

C
o
m
m
o
n

s
t
o
c
k

i
s
s
u
e
d

R
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
e
d

s
t
o
c
k

a
w
a
r
d
e
d

S
t
o
c
k
-
b
a
s
e
d

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

c
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

i
n
c
o
m
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
a
t

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1
,

2
0
2
2

D
i
v
i
d
e
n
d
s

d
e
c
l
a
r
e
d

C
o
m
m
o
n

s
t
o
c
k

r
e
p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
d

C
o
m
m
o
n

s
t
o
c
k

i
s
s
u
e
d

R
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
e
d

s
t
o
c
k

a
w
a
r
d
e
d

S
t
o
c
k
-
b
a
s
e
d

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

c
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

i
n
c
o
m
e

N
e
t

i
n
c
o
m
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
a
t
J
a
n
u
a
r
y

1
,

2
0
2
2

4

(
1
2
)

3
1

2

(
4
)

(
1
1
5
)

4
5
0

2
0
5

(
1
2
)

3
1

—

2

(
1
1
5
)

2
0
5

4
5
0

$

(
3
2
)

6
0
0

$

2

(
3
0
)

2
9

2

(
1
)

(
6
6
0
)

(
1
0
6
)

7
2
7

6

(
7
2
2
)

2
9

1

2

(
1
0
6
)

7
2
7

6

—

$

3
,
1
4
1

$

(
1
,
8
9
2
)

$

1
,
8
4
9

$

$

6
3
0

$

—

$

3
,
1
8
0

$

(
1
,
8
9
8
)

$

1
,
9
1
2

$

N
e
t

i
n
c
o
m
e

D
i
v
i
d
e
n
d
s

d
e
c
l
a
r
e
d

C
o
m
m
o
n

s
t
o
c
k

i
s
s
u
e
d

R
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
e
d

s
t
o
c
k

a
w
a
r
d
e
d

S
t
o
c
k
-
b
a
s
e
d

c
o
m
p
e
n
s
a
t
i
o
n

O
t
h
e
r

c
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

i
n
c
o
m
e

C
o
m
m
o
n

s
t
o
c
k

r
e
p
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
d

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
a
t

D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
3
1
,

2
0
2
4

P
u
r
c
h
a
s
e
o
f
n
o
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
i
n
g

i
n
t
e
r
e
s
t
s

(
1
2
)

2

(
5
0
)

(
8
)

4
2

1

(
2
)

(
1
5
7
)

(
1
1
9
)

4
2
4

2
2
5

(
2
1
9
)

(
8
)

4
2

—

1

(
1
1
9
)

2
2
5

4
2
4

$

5
9
4

$

—

$

3
,
6
2
4

$

(
1
,
4
6
2
)

$

2
,
7
5
6

$

4
7
2

$

3
,
2
2
8

1

(
1
1
9
)

1
3
6

4
5
4

—

(
2
1
9
)

(
7
)

4
2

—

1

(
2
3
8
)

2
2
5

5
6
0

$

2
,
8
6
4

(
1
2
2
)

1
3
7

4
3
8

1

$

(
1
0
4
)

(
4
)

1
2
8

4
1
8

$

2
,
3
3
0

(
1
2
)

3
1

—

2

(
2
3
7
)

2
0
6

5
8
7

2
,
2
8
7

(
7
2
2
)

2
9

2

1

(
2
1
0
)

8
5
5

2

C
o
n
s
o
l
i
d
a
t
e
d
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

o
f

C
h
a
n
g
e
s

i

n
S
h
a
r
e
h
o
l
d
e
r
s
'

E
q
u
i
t
y

(
i
n
m

i
l
l
i
o
n
s
)

C
r
o
w
n
H
o
l
d
n
g
s
,

i

I
n
c
.

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
l
d
e
r
s
’

E
q
u
i
t
y

C
r
o
w
n
H
o
l
d
n
g
s
,

i

I
n
c
.

S
t
o
c
k

C
o
m
m
o
n

C
a
p
i
t
a
l

P
a
i
d
-
i
n

E
a
r
n
i
n
g
s

R
e
t
a
i
n
e
d

L
o
s
s

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s
i
v
e

O
t
h
e
r

A
c
c
u
m
u
l
a
t
e
d

E
q
u
i
t
y

C
r
o
w
n

T
o
t
a
l

I
n
t
e
r
e
s
t
s

E
q
u
i
t
y

N
o
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
l
i

n
g

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
l
d
e
r
s
'

T
o
t
a
l

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in millions, except share, per share, employee and statistical data)

A.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Business and Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Crown Holdings, Inc. 
(the “Company”) and its consolidated subsidiary companies (where the context requires, the “Company” shall include reference 
to the Company and its consolidated subsidiary companies).

The  Company,  through  its  subsidiaries,  is  a  leading  global,  diversified  packaging  business  that  manufactures  metal  cans  and 
ends  (aluminum  and  steel)  for  the  beverage,  food  and  aerosol  industries  and  a  wide  range  of  transit  packaging  products  and 
solutions  from  multiple  substrates  including  steel,  paper,  and  plastic.  The  Company's  transit  packaging  products  include 
automation and equipment technologies, protective packaging solutions and steel and plastic consumables which are sold into 
the metals, food and beverage, construction, agricultural, corrugated, and general industries. 

The  financial  statements  were  prepared  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America  ("GAAP")  and  reflect  management’s  estimates  and  assumptions.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates, 
impacting  reported  results  of  operations  and  financial  position.  All  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  are  eliminated  in 
consolidation. In deciding which entities should be reported on a consolidated basis, the Company first determines whether the 
entity is a variable interest entity (“VIE”). If an entity is a VIE, the Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary 
and therefore, should consolidate the VIE. If an entity is not a VIE, the Company consolidates those entities in which it has 
control, including certain subsidiaries that are not majority-owned. Certain of the Company’s agreements with noncontrolling 
interests contain provisions in which the Company would surrender certain decision-making rights upon a change in control of 
the Company. Accordingly, consolidation of these operations may no longer be appropriate subsequent to a change in control of 
the Company, as defined in the agreements.

Investments in companies over which the Company does not have control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence 
over  operating  and  financial  policies,  are  accounted  for  by  the  equity  method.  The  proportionate  share  of  the  net  income 
resulting from these investments is reported in Equity in net earnings of affiliates in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 
The carrying values of the Company's equity method investments are reported in Other non-current assets in the Consolidated 
Balance  Sheets.  Equity  method  investments  are  reported  at  cost  and  adjusted  each  period  for  the  Company's  share  of  the 
investee's  income  or  loss  and  dividends  paid,  if  any.  The  Company  classifies  distributions  received  from  equity  method 
investees  using  the  cumulative  earnings  approach.  The  Company  assesses  investments  for  impairment  whenever  events  or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. 

Foreign Currency Translation. For non-U.S. subsidiaries which operate in a local currency environment, assets and liabilities 
are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  year-end  exchange  rates.  Income,  expense  and  cash  flow  items  are  translated  at  average 
exchange  rates  prevailing  during  the  year.  Translation  adjustments  for  these  subsidiaries  are  accumulated  as  a  separate 
component of accumulated other comprehensive income in equity. For non-U.S. subsidiaries that use a U.S. dollar functional 
currency, local currency inventories and property, plant and equipment are translated into U.S. dollars at rates prevailing when 
acquired;  all  other  assets  and  liabilities  are  translated  at  year-end  exchange  rates.  Inventories  charged  to  cost  of  sales  and 
depreciation  are  remeasured  at  historical  rates;  all  other  income  and  expense  items  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates 
prevailing during the year. Gains and losses which result from remeasurement are included in earnings.

Revenue Recognition.  The majority of the Company’s revenues from metal packaging products are derived from multi-year 
requirement contracts with leading manufacturers and marketers of packaged consumer products for can sets, comprising a can 
and an end.   As requirement contracts do not typically include fixed volumes, customers often purchase products pursuant to 
purchase  orders  or  other  communications  which  are  short-term  in  nature.    The  can  and  the  end  are  considered  separate 
performance obligations because they are distinct and separately identifiable.  Revenues from Transit Packaging are generally 
derived  from  individual  purchase  orders  which  may  include  multiple  goods  and  services  which  are  separate  performance 
obligations because they are distinct and separately identifiable.

The Company manufactures certain products that have no alternative use to the Company once they are printed or manufactured 
to  customer  specifications.    If  the  Company  has  an  enforceable  right  to  payment  for  custom  products  at  all  times  in  the 
manufacturing process, revenue is recognized over time.  In each of the Company’s geographic markets, revenue from beverage 
cans  is  primarily  recognized  over  time  using  the  units  produced  output  method  as  beverage  cans  are  generally  printed  for  a 
specific customer in a continuous production process.  The timing of revenue recognition for the Company’s other products, 
including beverage ends and three-piece products, which includes food cans and ends and aerosol cans and ends, may vary as 
these products may be printed or customized depending upon customer preferences.  Revenue that is recognized over time for 

50

Crown Holdings, Inc.

the  Company’s  three-piece  products  and  equipment  business  is  generally  recognized  using  the  cost-to-cost  input  method  as 
these products involve an intermediary step that results in customized work-in-process inventory.  For products that follow a 
point in time model, revenue is generally recognized when title and risk of loss transfer.

Revenue  is  measured  as  the  amount  of  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  receive  in  exchange  for  transferring  goods  or 
providing services.  Standalone selling prices for each performance obligation are generally stated in the contract.  When the 
Company  offers  variable  consideration  in  the  form  of  volume  rebates  to  customers,  it  estimates  the  most  likely  amount  of 
revenue to which it is expected to be entitled and includes the estimate in the transaction price, limited to the amount which is 
probable will not result in reversal of cumulative revenue recognized when the variable consideration is resolved.  When the 
Company offers customers options to purchase additional product at discounted prices, judgment is required to determine if the 
discounted  prices  represent  material  rights.    If  so,  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  the  discount  is  based  on  its  relative 
standalone price and is recognized upon purchase of the additional product.  Customer payment terms are typically less than 
one  year  and  as  such,  the  Company  has  applied  the  practical  expedient  to  exclude  consideration  of  significant  financing 
components from the determination of transaction price.

Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from net sales.  Shipping and handling 
fees and costs from product sales are reported as cost of products sold and are accrued when the Company recognizes revenue 
over  time  before  the  shipping  and  handling  activities  occur.    Costs  to  obtain  a  contract  are  generally  immaterial  but  the 
Company has elected the practical expedient to expense these costs as incurred if the duration of the contract is one year or less.

Unbilled receivables are recorded for revenue recognized over time when the Company has determined that control has passed 
to the customer but the customer has not yet been invoiced because the Company does not have present right to payment.  The 
Company  generally  has  a  present  right  to  payment  when  title  of  product  transfers.    Unbilled  receivables  are  included  in 
receivables, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheet with a corresponding decrease to inventory.

Contract  assets  are  recorded  for  revenue  recognized  over  time  when  the  Company  has  determined  that  control  for  a 
performance obligation has passed to the customer, but the right to invoice the customer is contingent upon the completion of 
the  performance  obligations  included  in  the  contract.    Contract  assets  are  classified  as  current  as  they  are  expected  to  be 
invoiced within one year and may not exceed their net realizable value. Contract assets are included in prepaid and other current 
assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Contract liabilities are established if the Company must defer the recognition of a portion of consideration received because it 
has  to  satisfy  a  future  obligation.    Contract  liabilities  are  classified  as  current  or  noncurrent  based  on  when  the  Company 
expects to recognize revenue.

Stock-Based  Compensation.  For  awards  with  a  service  or  market  condition,  compensation  expense  is  recognized  over  the 
vesting period on a straight-line basis using the grant date fair value of the award and the estimated number of awards that are 
expected to vest.  For awards with a performance condition, the Company assesses the probability of vesting at each reporting 
period  and  adjusts  compensation  cost  based  on  its  probability  assessment.    The  Company’s  plans  provide  for  stock  awards 
which may include accelerated vesting upon retirement, disability, or death of eligible employees. The Company considers a 
stock-based  award  to  be  vested  when  the  service  period  is  no  longer  contingent  on  the  employee  providing  future  service. 
Accordingly, the related compensation cost is recognized immediately for awards granted to retirement-eligible individuals, or 
over the period from the grant date to the date that retirement eligibility is achieved if less than the stated vesting period.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash. Cash equivalents represent highly liquid investments with maturities of three 
months or less from the time of purchase and are carried at cost, which approximates fair value because of the short maturity of 
those instruments. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit are included in accounts payable.  The Company generally 
classifies any cash that is legally restricted as to withdrawal or usage as restricted cash.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and 
do not bear interest. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on past events, including historical experience, current 
conditions and forecasts that affect the collectability of accounts receivable.  

Inventory Valuation. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost principally determined under 
the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost method.

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
includes expenditures for new facilities and equipment and those costs which substantially increase the useful lives or capacity 
of  existing  PP&E.  Cost  of  constructed  assets  includes  capitalized  interest  incurred  during  the  construction  and  development 
period. Maintenance and repairs, including labor and material costs for planned major maintenance such as annual production 

51

 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

line overhauls, are expensed as incurred. When PP&E is retired or otherwise disposed, the net carrying amount is eliminated 
with any gain or loss on disposition recognized in earnings at that time.

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets described below (in years).  During 
the  first  quarter  of  2024,  the  Company  completed  a  review  of  the  useful  lives  of  its  beverage  machinery  and  equipment  and 
buildings based on the Company’s experience with the duration over which equipment and buildings of its aluminum beverage 
can business can be utilized. The  Company engaged  a  third-party appraiser  to  assist in  this review  and,  as a result, effective 
January 1, 2024, the Company revised the estimated useful lives of its buildings up to 50 years, and machinery and equipment 
up to 23 years. The change in useful lives resulted in a net reduction in depreciation expense of approximately $64 or $0.40 per 
diluted  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2024,  respectively,  as  compared  to  the  amount  of  depreciation  expense  that 
would have been recorded by utilizing the prior depreciable lives.

Land improvements

Buildings and building improvements

Machinery and equipment

25

25 – 50

3– 23

Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets.  Assets  and  liabilities  of  acquired  businesses  are  recorded  under  the  acquisition  method  of 
accounting at their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned 
to  the  underlying  identifiable  net  assets  of  acquired  businesses.  Goodwill  is  carried  at  cost  and  reviewed  for  impairment 
annually in the fourth quarter of each year or when facts and circumstances indicate goodwill may be impaired.  Goodwill is 
allocated  to  the  reporting  units  at  the  time  of  each  acquisition  based  on  the  relative  fair  values  of  the  reporting  units.    In 
assessing  goodwill  for  impairment,  the  Company  may  first  assess  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the  existence  of 
events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than 
its carrying amount.  Further quantitative assessment may then be required.   The quantitative assessment involves a number of 
assumptions and judgments, including the calculation of fair value for the Company’s identified reporting units.   The Company 
determines the estimated fair value of each reporting unit based on an average of the estimated fair values using an income and 
a  market  approach.  The  income  approach  utilizes  significant  assumptions,  including  revenue  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  (a  non-
GAAP item defined by the Company as net customer sales, less cost of products sold excluding depreciation and amortization, 
less selling and administrative expenses) margin growth rates and discount rate. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds 
its fair value, any impairment loss is measured by comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, not to 
exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.   

Finite-lived  intangible  assets  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated  amortization.    Finite-lived  intangibles  are  amortized  on  a 
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives described below (in years).  

Customer relationships

Trade names

Technology

Long-term supply contracts

Patents

10 - 18

8 - 27

6 - 8

15

8

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.  In the event that facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of 
long-lived assets, primarily PP&E and finite-lived intangible assets, may be impaired, the Company performs a recoverability 
evaluation.  If the evaluation indicates that the carrying value of an asset group is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash 
flows, an impairment loss is measured by comparing the carrying value of the asset to its fair value, based on discounted cash 
flows. Long-lived assets classified as held for sale are presented in the balance sheet at the lower of their carrying value or fair 
value less cost to sell.

Leases.    The  Company  has  operating  and  finance  leases  for  land  and  buildings  related  to  certain  manufacturing  facilities, 
warehouses and corporate offices, vehicle fleets and certain office and manufacturing equipment. Leases with an initial term of 
12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet.  The Company's lease terms include options to extend the lease when it 
is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option.  Variable lease payment amounts that cannot be determined at 
commencement of the lease, such as increases in index rates, are not included in the measurement of the lease liabilities and 
corresponding right-of-use assets and are recognized in the period those payments are incurred.  The Company separates lease 
and  non-lease  components  of  lease  arrangements  and  allocates  contract  consideration  based  on  standalone  selling  prices.  
Variable consideration is allocated to the lease and non-lease components to which the variable payments specifically relate.   

52

                       
  
Crown Holdings, Inc.

The discount rate implicit within the Company's leases is often not determinable and therefore the Company generally uses its 
incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  information  available  at  the  commencement  date  of  the  lease  in  determining  the 
present value of the  lease  payments.   The incremental borrowing rate is determined based  on  lease term and the currency  in 
which  lease  payments  are  made.    The  Company's  leases  do  not  contain  any  material  residual  value  guarantees  or  material 
restrictive covenants.

Taxes on Income. The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach. Deferred taxes represent 
the future expected tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities based 
upon  enacted  tax  rates  and  laws.    The  Company  has  made  an  accounting  policy  election  to  treat  taxes  due  on  future  U.S. 
inclusions of certain intangible income of foreign subsidiaries as a current period expense when incurred.

Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be 
realized.    Investment  tax  credits  are  accounted  for  using  the  deferral  method.  Income  tax-related  interest  and  penalties  are 
reported as income tax expense.

Derivatives  and  Hedging.  All  outstanding  derivative  financial  instruments  are  recognized  in  the  balance  sheet  at  their  fair 
values. The impact on earnings from recognizing the fair values of these instruments depends on their intended use, their hedge 
designation and their effectiveness in offsetting changes in the fair values of the exposures they are hedging.  Changes in the 
fair  values  of  instruments  designated  to  reduce  or  eliminate  adverse  fluctuations  in  the  fair  values  of  recognized  assets  and 
liabilities are reported currently in earnings along with changes in the fair values of the hedged items. Changes in the effective 
portions  of  the  fair  values  of  instruments  used  to  reduce  or  eliminate  adverse  fluctuations  in  cash  flows  of  anticipated  or 
forecasted  transactions  are  reported  in  equity  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income.  Amounts  in 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  are  reclassified  to  earnings  when  the  related  hedged  items  impact  earnings  or  the 
forecasted  transactions  become  probable  of  not  occurring.  Changes  in  the  fair  values  of  derivative  instruments  that  are  not 
designated as hedges or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are reported currently in earnings. Amounts reported in 
earnings are classified consistent with the item being hedged.

The effectiveness of derivative instruments in reducing risks associated with the hedged exposures is assessed at inception and 
on an ongoing basis. Time value, a component of an instrument’s fair value, is excluded in assessing effectiveness for fair value 
hedges, except hedges of firm commitments, and included for cash flow hedges.

Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (i) the instrument is no longer effective in offsetting changes in fair value 
or cash flows of the underlying hedged item, (ii) the instrument expires, is sold, terminated or exercised, or (iii) designating the 
instrument as a hedge is no longer appropriate.

The Company formally documents all relationships between its hedging instruments and hedged items at inception, including 
its risk management objective and strategy for establishing various hedge relationships. Cash flows from hedging instruments 
are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows consistent with the items being hedged.

Research and Development. Research, development and engineering costs of $32 in 2024, $33 in 2023 and $34 in 2022,  were 
expensed  as  incurred  and  reported  in  selling  and  administrative  expense  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations. 
Substantially  all  engineering  and  development  costs  are  related  to  developing  new  products  or  designing  significant 
improvements to existing products or processes. Costs primarily include employee salaries and benefits and facility costs.

Reclassifications and Revisions.  Certain reclassifications of prior years’ data have been made to conform to the current year 
presentation. 

In the first quarter of 2024, the Company corrected its presentation of certain borrowings and repayments of short-term debt 
that did not qualify for net presentation in our previously issued Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The Company now 
presents these borrowings and repayments of short-term debt on a gross basis within cash flows from financing activities. The 
Company determined that the corrections, which had no impact to cash flows (used for) provided by financing activities, were 
not material to any prior annual or interim periods and therefore, amendments of previously filed reports are not required.

The  effects  of  the  revisions  on  each  of  the  impacted  financial  statement  line  items  within  the  Company's  Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

53

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Year Ended December 31, 2023

As Previously 
Reported

Adjustments

As Revised

Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt

$ 

(398) $ 

2  $ 

Proceeds from short-term debt

Payments of short-term debt

Net cash provided by financing activities

—   

—   

116   

129   

(131)  

—   

(396) 

129 

(131) 

116 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

As Previously 
Reported

Adjustments

As Revised

Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt

$ 

268  $ 

Proceeds from short-term debt

Payments of short-term debt

Net cash used for financing activities

—   

—   

(25)  

—  $ 

45   

(45) $ 

—   

268 

45 

(45) 

(25) 

Recent Accounting and Reporting Pronouncements.  

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In  November  2023,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  new  guidance  that  requires  incremental  disclosures 
related  to  reportable  segments.  That  standard  requires  disclosure,  on  an  annual  and  interim  basis,  of  significant  segment 
expenses  that  are  regularly  provided  to  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  ("CODM")  and  included  within  each  reported 
measure of profit or loss. The title and position of the CODM and how the reported measure of segment profit or loss is used by 
the  CODM  to  assess  segment  performance  and  allocate  resources  is  also  required  to  be  disclosed.  The  standard  also  permits 
disclosure of additional measures of segment profit. The Company adopted the new guidance for the year ended December 31, 
2024. Refer to Note Z. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In November 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a final standard on disaggregation of income statement 
expenses.  The  standard  requires  disclosure  of  more  detailed  information  about  certain  costs  and  expenses  in  the  notes  to  the 
financial  statements.  The  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2026  and  for  interim  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2027.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  standard  is  applied  prospectively  with  an  option  for 
retrospective adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its disclosures. 

In  December  2023,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued  a  final  standard  on  improvements  to  income  tax 
disclosures. The standard requires disclosure of specific categories within the effective tax rate reconciliation and details about 
significant reconciling items, subject to a quantitative threshold. The standard also requires information on income taxes paid 
disaggregated by federal, state and foreign based on a quantitative threshold. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The standard is applied prospectively with an option for retrospective 
adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its disclosures. 

B.    Acquisitions and Divestitures

In  December  2024  KPS  Capital  Partners  LP  completed  the  sale  of  Eviosys,  including  the  Company's  approximate  20% 
ownership share. The Company received pre-tax proceeds of $338 and recorded a gain of $275 in the fourth quarter of 2024. 

The Company's share of Eviosys net earnings was a loss of $3 for the year ended December 31, 2024 and income of $9 and $34 
for  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022  and  is  reported  in  Equity  in  net  earnings  of  affiliates  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. The Company received distributions of $83 and $26 in the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

In  October  2023,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  Helvetia  Packaging  AG  ("Helvetia"),  a  beverage  can  and  end 
manufacturing facility in Saarlouis, Germany for $126. The addition of Helvetia expanded the Company's European Beverage 

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

segment  into  Germany,  adding  capacity  to  serve  growing  demand  for  beverage  cans.  Assets  acquired  primarily  included 
property, plant and equipment of $70 and customer relationship intangible assets of $14, with goodwill acquired of $44.  

In  April  2022,  the  Company  completed  the  sale  of  the  Transit  Packaging  segment's  Kiwiplan  business  and  received  pre-tax 
proceeds of $180.  The Company recorded a pre-tax gain of $113 on the sale, which is reported in Restructuring and other, net 
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The transaction did not represent a strategic shift that had a major effect on the 
Company's operations and financial results, and therefore did not qualify for reporting as a discontinued operation. 

C.    Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash included in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Cash 
Flows were as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

2024

2023

$ 

$ 

918 

98 

1,016 

$ 

$ 

1,310 

90 

1,400 

Amounts  included  in  restricted  cash  primarily  represent  amounts  required  to  be  segregated  by  certain  of  the  Company's 
receivables securitization agreements.

D.    Receivables

Accounts receivable

Less: allowance for credit losses

Net trade receivables

Unbilled receivables

Miscellaneous receivables

2024

2023

1,060 

(30) 

1,030 

316 

310 

1,656 

$ 

$ 

1,122 

(29) 

1,093 

338 

288 

1,719 

$ 

$ 

The Company uses receivables securitization and factoring facilities in the normal course of business as part of managing its 
cash flows. The Company accounts for transfers under these facilities as either sales or secured borrowings based on whether it 
has transferred control over the factored receivables.  The Company’s continuing involvement in factored receivables accounted 
for as sales is limited to servicing the receivables. The Company receives adequate compensation for servicing the receivables 
and no servicing asset or liability is recorded.  

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company derecognized receivables of $1,119 and $1,104 related to securitization and 
factoring  facilities  accounted  for  as  sales.  The  Company  also  has  $50  of  factored  receivables  accounted  for  as  secured 
borrowings as of December 31, 2024.  The Company recorded expenses of $76, $82, and $41 for the years ended December 31, 
2024, 2023, and 2022 as interest expense. 

E.    Inventories

Raw materials and supplies

Work in process

Finished goods

2024

2023

$ 

$ 

965 

106 

369 

1,440 

$ 

$ 

1,031 

139 

443 

1,613 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
F.    Goodwill 

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as 
follows:

Balance at January 1, 2023

Goodwill acquired

Foreign currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2023

Transfers and adjustments

Foreign currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2024

Americas 
Beverage

European 
Beverage

Transit 
Packaging

Other

Total

$ 

850  $ 

491  $ 

1,428  $ 

182  $ 

2,951 

—   

71   

921   

—   

(94)  

37   

22   

550   

8   

(22)  

—   

35   

1,463   

(3)  

(50)  

—   

1   

183   

3   

(5)  

37 

129 

3,117 

8 

(171) 

$ 

827  $ 

536  $ 

1,410  $ 

181  $ 

2,954 

During the year-ended December 31, 2023, goodwill acquired was from the acquisition of Helvetia Packaging AG.  See Note B 
for more information.

The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2024 and 2023 was net of the following accumulated impairments:

Accumulated impairments

$ 

29  $ 

73  $ 

11  $ 

113 

Americas 
Beverage

European 
Beverage

Other

Total

G.    Intangible Assets

Gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of finite-lived intangible assets by major class were as follows:

Customer relationships
Trade names
Technology
Long term supply contracts
Patents

Gross
$  1,342 
522 
153 
139 
12 
$  2,168 

$ 

December 31, 2024
Accumulated 
amortization
$ 

Net

$ 

608 
374 
13 
47 
2 
$  1,044 

Gross
$  1,423 
539 
159 
167 
12 
$  2,300 

December 31, 2023
Accumulated 
amortization

Net

$ 

$ 

(670)  $ 
(130) 
(133) 
(99) 
(10) 

753 
409 
26 
68 
2 
(1,042)  $  1,258 

(734) 
(148) 
(140) 
(92) 
(10) 
(1,124) 

$14 of customer relationship intangible assets were acquired from the 2023 acquisition of Helvetia Packaging AG. See Note B 
for more information. 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $151, $163 and $159.

Annual amortization expense is estimated to be $147 for 2025, $138 for 2026, $135 for 2027, $134 for 2028 and $122 for 2029.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

H.    Property, Plant and Equipment

Buildings and improvements

Machinery and equipment

Land and improvements

Construction in progress

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

2024

2023

$ 

$ 

1,898 

5,940 

265 

469 

8,572 

(3,645) 

4,927 

$ 

$ 

1,888 

6,153 

269 

589 

8,899 

(3,837) 

5,062 

Capitalized interest related to construction in progress was $22 and $39 for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. 

I.     Leases

The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Operating lease costs:

Operating lease cost

Short-term lease cost

Total operating lease costs

Finance lease cost:

     Amortization of right-of-use assets

Total finance lease costs

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

56 

2 

58 

— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

54 

2 

56 

1 

1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

58 

2 

60 

1 

1 

Variable operating lease cost was $4, $5, and $4 for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. Interest on finance 
lease liabilities was less than $1 for each of the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

2024

2023

2022

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of 
lease liabilities:

     Operating cash flows from operating leases

     Financing cash flows from finance leases
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease 
obligations:

     Operating leases

$ 

$ 

55 

2 

52 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to finance leases was as follows:

Finance leases:

Property, plant and equipment

Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Accrued liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total finance lease liabilities

57

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2024

54 

2 

36 

19 

(3) 

16 

1 

3 

4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2023

53 

1 

87 

21 

(3) 

18 

1 

5 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rates for each year were as follows:

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Weighted average remaining lease term (years):

     Operating leases

     Finance leases

Weighted average discount rate:

     Operating leases

     Finance leases

Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:

2024

2023

9.4

3.1

 4.7 %

 2.7 %

9.5

4.1

 4.5 %

 3.5 %

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

Thereafter

 Total lease payments

Less imputed interest

$ 

$ 

49 

42 

33 

27 

23 

97 

271 

(57) 

214 

$ 

$ 

 At December 31, 2024, the Company did not have material lease commitments that had not commenced.

J.    Other Non-Current Assets

Deferred taxes

Pension assets

Fair value of derivatives

Investments

Other

2024

2023

$ 

$ 

134 

88 

86 

22 

181 

511 

$ 

$ 

2 

1 

1 

— 

— 

— 

4 

— 

4 

132 

94 

47 

87 

193 

553 

In  March  2023  a  customer  in  the  Company's  Americas  Beverage  segment  filed  for  bankruptcy.    A  bankruptcy  plan  that 
extended the payment terms of pre-bankruptcy receivables was approved in October 2023.  As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 
long-term receivables of $52 and $66, respectively, are included in Other above, related to this customer.  

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

K.    Accrued Liabilities

Salaries and employee benefits
Income taxes
Accrued taxes, other than on income
Accrued interest
Pension and postretirement liabilities
Asbestos liabilities
Fair value of derivatives

Restructuring

Other

2024

$ 

$ 

170 
116 
76 
65 
32 
20 
14 

13 

341 
847 

2023

$ 

$ 

173 
119 
85 
59 
25 
20 
20 

22 

399 
922 

L.    Supplier Finance Program Obligations

The  Company  has  various  supplier  finance  programs  under  which  the  Company  agrees  to  pay  banks  the  stated  amount  of 
confirmed  invoices  from  its  designated  suppliers  on  the  original  maturity  dates  of  the  invoices.    Suppliers,  at  their  sole 
discretion,  have  the  opportunity  to  sell  their  receivables  due  from  the  Company  earlier  than  contracted  payment  terms.    The 
Company or the banks may terminate the agreements upon at least 30 days' notice. The Company does not have assets pledged 
as  collateral  for  supplier  finance  programs.  The  supplier  invoices  that  have  been  confirmed  as  valid  under  the  programs 
typically  have  payment  terms  of  150  days  or  less,  consistent  with  the  commercial  terms  and  conditions  as  agreed  upon  with 
suppliers.  

Changes in the confirmed obligations outstanding under these supplier finance programs, included in Accounts Payable for the 
year ended December 31, 2024 were as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2024

Additions

Settlements

Foreign currency translation

Balance at December 31, 2024

M.    Restructuring and Other

The Company recorded restructuring and other items as follows: 

Restructuring

Asset impairments and sales

Other costs

Asbestos

2024 Activity 

$ 

$ 

862 

2,107 

(2,032) 

(10) 

927 

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

49 

19 

11 

(4) 

75 

$ 

$ 

23 

72 

19 

— 

$ 

114 

$ 

35 

(106) 

14 

5 

(52) 

Restructuring  charges  of  $49  primarily  relates  to  other  exit  costs  related  to  previously  announced  plant  closures  in  the  U.S, 
including  the  Batesville,  Mississippi  beverage  can  facility  and  the  Decatur,  Illinois  aerosol  plant  and  line  consolidations  and 
business reorganization activities in European Beverage. 

During the third quarter of 2024, the Company closed its food can plant in La Villa, Mexico and entered into an agreement to 
sell  equipment  for  $30  to  be  paid  in  three  annual  installments,  the  first  of  which  was  received  in  2024.  The  Company 
recognized a gain of $22 from sale of  the equipment, included in asset impairments and sales above and recorded severance 
and other exit costs of $6 related to the plant closure, included in restructuring above. 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Asset impairments and sales also includes $20 for the planned closure of the Sihanoukville, Cambodia beverage can plant and 
$11 related to line consolidations at the Dong Nai, Vietnam beverage can plant. 

See Note P for more information on the Company's provision for asbestos.

2023 Activity 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2023,  the  Company  made  the  decision  to  close  various  production  facilities  across  various 
segments. Asset impairments and sales primarily includes, $19 for the planned closure of the Batesville, Mississippi beverage 
can plant, $8 related to a shift in capacity from beverage can plants in Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam and Singapore to Vung Tau, 
Vietnam and $5 for the planned closure of the Decatur, Illinois aerosol plant. Asset impairments and sales also includes $19 
related to line consolidation and modernization at the Dong Nai, Vietnam beverage can plant.

Restructuring  included  termination  benefits  and  other  exit  costs  of  $11  related  to  the  actions  described  above.  In  addition, 
termination and other exit costs of $9 and $3 were recorded in the European Beverage and Other segments, respectively, related 
to  line  consolidation  and  business  reorganization  activities,  including  headcount  reductions  in  the  beverage  can  making 
equipment business.

Other costs includes $11 related to disputes, including a fine from the French Competition Authority, and $4 of tax indemnity 
charges related to the European Tinplate business sold in 2021.  See Note Q for more information on the French Competition 
Authority matter.

2022 Activity 

Asset  sales  and  impairments  primarily  relates  to  the  $113  gain  on  sale  of  the  Kiwiplan  business.  See  Note  B  for  more 
information on the sale. 

Restructuring  included  charges  of  $29  related  to  an  overhead  cost  reduction  program  initiated  by  the  Company's  Transit 
Packaging segment that reduced headcount by approximately 600 employees. 

Restructuring charges by segment were as follows:  

Americas Beverage

European Beverage

Asia Pacific

Transit Packaging

Other

Restructuring charges by type were as follows:

Termination benefits

Other exit costs

2024

2023

2022

11 

17 

4 

4 

13 

49 

15 

34 
49 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4 

9 

7 

(1) 

4 

23 

15 

8 
23 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

35 

— 

35 

29 

6 
35 

2022

2023

2024

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

At  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  had  a  restructuring  accrual  of  $22,  related  to  restructuring  actions  discussed 
above. During 2024, the Company made severance payments of $27 and had a restructuring accrual of $13 related to 
the actions referenced above.  These amounts include payments of $6 related to the overhead cost reduction program 
initiated in 2022 in the Transit Packaging segment.  The Company expects to pay the remaining accrual amounts over 
the next twelve months.  

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N.    Debt

Short-term debt

Long-term debt
Senior secured borrowings:

Revolving credit facilities
Term loan facilities

U.S. dollar due 2027
Euro due 20271

Senior notes and debentures:

€600 at 2.625% due 2024
€600 at 3.375% due 2025
U.S. dollar at 4.25% due 2026
U.S. dollar at 4.75% due 2026
U.S. dollar at 7.375% due 2026
€500 at 2.875% due 2026
€500 at 5.00% due 2028
€500 at 4.75% due 2029
€600 at 4.50% due 2030
U.S. dollar at 5.25% due 2030
U.S. dollar at 7.50% due 2096
Other indebtedness in various currencies:

Fixed rate with rates in 2024 from 2.8% to 7.6% 
due through 2027
Variable rate with an average rate in 2024 of 3.6% 
due 2026

Total long-term debt

Less: current maturities

Total long-term debt, less current maturities
(1) €520 at December 31, 2024 and €533 at December 31, 2023

$ 

Crown Holdings, Inc.

2024

2023

Principal
outstanding
66 
$ 

Carrying
amount

$ 

66 

Principal
outstanding
16 
$ 

Carrying
amount

$ 

16 

— 

1,175 
538 

— 
— 
400 
875 
350 
518 
518 
518 
621 
500 
40 

108 

— 

1,171 
538 

— 
— 
399 
873 
350 
517 
513 
513 
611 
495 
40 

108 

— 

1,575 
589 

663 
663 
400 
875 
350 
552 
552 
552 
— 
500 
40 

169 

— 

1,569 
589 

662 
662 
398 
871 
350 
550 
544 
544 
— 
494 
40 

169 

10 
6,171 
(80) 
6,091 

10 
6,138 
(80) 
6,058 

$ 

16 
7,496 
(759) 
6,737 

16 
7,458 
(759) 
6,699 

$ 

$ 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt, using a market approach incorporating level 2 inputs such as quoted market 
prices for the same or similar issues, was $6,255 at December 31, 2024 and $7,484 at December 31, 2023. 

In  August  2024,  the  Company  issued  €600  principal  amount  of  4.50%  senior  unsecured  notes  due  2030  issued  at  par  by  its 
subsidiary  Crown  European  Holdings  S.A  and  used  the  proceeds  to  repay  the  €600  principal  amount  of  2.625%  senior 
unsecured notes due September 2024. Additionally, in December 2024, the Company redeemed the €600 principal amount of 
3.375% senior unsecured notes due May 2025 and made an early payment of $400 towards the U.S. dollar term loan facility 
due 2027.

The revolving credit facilities include provisions for letters of credit up to $335 that reduce the amount of borrowing capacity 
otherwise available. At December 31, 2024, the Company’s available borrowing capacity under the credit facilities was $1,614 
equal to the facilities’ aggregate capacity of $1,650 less $36 of outstanding letters of credit.  The interest rates on the facilities 
can vary from SOFR or EURIBOR, with a floor of zero, plus a margin of up to 1.60%, depending on the facility, based on the 
Company's leverage ratio. The revolving credit facilities and term loan facilities required the Company to maintain a leverage 
ratio  of  no  greater  than  4.50  times  at  December  31,  2024.  The  leverage  ratio  is  calculated  as  total  net  debt  divided  by 
Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement). Total net debt is defined in the credit agreement as total debt less 
cash and cash equivalents. Consolidated EBITDA is calculated as the sum of, among other things, net income attributable to 
Crown Holdings, net income attributable to certain of the Company's subsidiaries, income taxes, interest expense, depreciation 
and amortization, and certain non-cash charges. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2024.

At December 31, 2024, the U.S. dollar term loan interest rate was SOFR plus 1.10% and the Euro term loan interest rate was 
EURIBOR plus 1.00%.  

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

The weighted average interest rates were as follows:

Short-term debt
Revolving credit facilities

2024

2023

2022

 4.3 %
 4.7 %

 13.2 %
 4.5 %

 3.8 %
 2.5 %

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt, excluding unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs, for the five years subsequent 
to 2024 are $80, $2,225, $1,669, $518 and $518. Cash payments for interest during 2024, 2023 and 2022 were $367, $390, and 
$270.

O.    Derivative and Other Financial Instruments

Fair Value Measurements

Under U.S. GAAP a framework exists for measuring fair value, providing a three-tier hierarchy of pricing inputs used to report 
assets and liabilities that are adjusted to fair value. Level 1 includes inputs such as quoted prices which are available in active 
markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  as  of  the  report  date.  Level  2  includes  inputs  other  than  those  available  in  active 
markets  included  in  Level  1,  which  are  either  directly  or  indirectly  observable  as  of  the  reporting  date.  Level  3  includes 
unobservable pricing inputs that are not corroborated by market data or other objective sources. The Company has no recurring 
items valued using Level 3 inputs other than certain pension plan assets.

The  Company  utilizes  market  data  or  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  the  asset  or  liability.  The 
Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect 
the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value and their placement within the fair value hierarchy.

The Company applies a market approach to value its commodity price hedge contracts. Prices from observable markets are used 
to  develop  the  fair  value  of  these  financial  instruments  and  they  are  reported  under  Level  2.  The  Company  uses  an  income 
approach to value its foreign exchange forward contracts. These contracts are valued using a discounted cash flow model that 
calculates the present value of future cash flows under the terms of the contracts using market information as of the reporting 
date, such as foreign exchange spot and forward rates, and are reported under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value disclosures for financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis are provided 
below.  In addition, see Note N for fair value disclosures related to debt.

Derivative Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest 
rates and commodity prices. The Company manages these risks through a program that includes the use of derivative financial
instruments, primarily swaps and forwards. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Company is 
exposed  to  credit  loss  in  the  event  of  nonperformance  by  these  counterparties.  The  Company  does  not  use  derivative 
instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The Company’s objective in managing exposure to market and interest rate risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow. 
The extent to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent upon its access to these contracts in the financial markets 
and its success using other methods, such as netting exposures in the same currencies to mitigate foreign exchange risk, using 
sales agreements that permit the pass-through of commodity price and foreign exchange rate risk to customers and borrowing 
both fixed and floating debt instruments to manage interest rate risk.

For derivative financial instruments accounted for in hedging relationships, the Company formally designates and documents, 
at  inception,  the  financial  instrument  as  a  hedge  of  a  specific  underlying  exposure,  the  risk  management  objective  and  the 
manner  in  which  effectiveness  will  be  assessed.  The  Company  formally  assesses,  both  at  inception  and  at  least  quarterly 
thereafter,  whether  the  hedging  relationships  are  effective  in  offsetting  changes  in  fair  value  or  cash  flows  of  the  related 
underlying exposures. When a forecasted transaction is reasonably possible, but not probable of occurring, the hedge no longer 
qualifies for hedge accounting and the change in fair value from the date of the last effectiveness test is recognized in earnings. 
Any gain or loss which has accumulated in other comprehensive income at the date of the last effectiveness test is reclassified 
into  earnings  at  the  same  time  of  the  underlying  exposure  or  when  the  forecasted  transaction  becomes  probable  of  not 
occurring. 

62

           
Cash Flow Hedges

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The  Company  designates  certain  derivative  financial  instruments  as  cash  flow  hedges.  No  components  of  the  hedging 
instruments  are  excluded  from  the  assessment  of  hedge  effectiveness.  Changes  in  fair  value  of  outstanding  derivatives 
accounted for as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income until earnings are impacted by the 
hedged transaction. Classification of the gain or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations upon reclassification from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  underlying  exposure.  Contracts  outstanding  at 
December 31, 2024 mature between one and twenty-four months.

The Company uses commodity forward contracts to hedge anticipated purchases of various commodities, primarily aluminum 
as well as natural gas and electricity, and these exposures are hedged by a central treasury unit.

The  Company  also  designates  certain  foreign  exchange  contracts  as  cash  flow  hedges  of  anticipated  foreign  currency 
denominated sales or purchases. The Company manages these risks at the operating unit level.  Often, foreign currency risk is 
hedged together with the related commodity price risk. 

The Company may also use interest rate swaps to convert interest on floating rate debt to a fixed-rate.

The following tables set forth financial information about the impact on other comprehensive income ("OCI"), accumulated 
other comprehensive income ("AOCI") and earnings from changes in the fair value related to derivative instruments designated 
as cash flow hedges. 

 Amount of gain / (loss) 
recognized in AOCI

Derivatives in cash flow hedges

2024

2023

Foreign exchange

Commodities

$ 

$ 

(1)  $ 

6 

5  $ 

(2) 

(8) 

(10) 

Amount of gain / (loss) 
reclassified from AOCI into 
income

Derivatives in cash flow hedges

2024

2023

Commodities

$ 

(16)  $ 

9  Net sales

Affected line item in the 
Statements of Operations

Foreign exchange

Commodities

(1) 

14 

(3) 

— 

— 

Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation 
and amortization
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation 
and amortization
Income before income taxes and equity in net 
earnings of affiliates 
7  Provision for income taxes

(38) 

(29) 

$ 

(3)  $ 

(22)  Net income

For  the  year  ending  December  31,  2025,  a  net  gain  of  $5  ($4,  net  of  tax)  is  expected  to  be  reclassified  to  earnings  for 
commodity and foreign exchange contracts. No material amounts were reclassified during the years ended December 31, 2024 
and 2023 in connection with anticipated transactions that were no longer considered probable.  

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Hedges and Contracts Not Designated as Hedges

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company may designate certain derivative financial instruments as fair value hedges of recognized foreign-denominated 
assets and liabilities, generally trade accounts receivable and payable and unrecognized firm commitments.  The notional values 
and maturity dates of the derivative instruments coincide with those of the hedged items. Changes in fair value of the derivative 
financial instruments, excluding time value, are offset by changes in fair value of the related hedged items.

For the years ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, the Company recorded a gain of $7 and loss of $12 from 
foreign exchange contracts designated as fair value hedges.  These adjustments were reported within foreign exchange in the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Certain  derivative  financial  instruments,  including  foreign  exchange  contracts  related  to  intercompany  debt,  were  not 
designated or did not qualify for hedge accounting; however, they are effective economic hedges as the changes in their fair 
value, except for time value, are offset by changes from re-measurement of the related hedged items. The Company’s primary 
use of these derivative instruments is to offset the earnings impact that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates have on certain 
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in nonfunctional currencies. Changes in fair value of these derivative instruments 
are immediately recognized in earnings as foreign exchange adjustments.

The following table sets forth the impact on earnings from derivatives not designated as hedges.

Pre-tax amount of gain / (loss) 
recognized in earnings

Derivatives not designated as hedges

2024

2023

Affected line item in the               
Statements of Operations
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation 
and amortization 

(4) 

(4)  Foreign exchange

— 

15 

$ 

15  $ 

(8) 

Foreign exchange

Foreign exchange

Net Investment Hedges

The  Company  designates  certain  debt  and  derivative  instruments  as  net  investment  hedges  to  manage  foreign  currency  risk 
relating  to  net  investments  in  subsidiaries  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  and  reduce  the  variability  in  the  functional 
currency equivalent cash flows. 

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded a gain of $84 ($63, net of tax) and a loss of $52 ($43, 
net of tax) in other comprehensive income for certain debt instruments that are designated as hedges of its net investment in a 
euro-based subsidiary.  As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, cumulative gains of $133 ($131, net of tax) and $49 
($68, net of tax) were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income related to these net investment hedges and the 
carrying amount of the hedging instrument was approximately €1,246 ($1,291) at December 31, 2024.    

The Company also has cross-currency swaps with an aggregate notional values of $875 designated as hedges of the Company's 
net  investment  in  a  euro-based  subsidiary.    These  swaps  mature  in  2026  and  reduced  interest  expense  by  $25  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  financial  information  about  the  impact  on  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  from 
changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges.

Derivatives designated as net investment hedges

Foreign exchange

Amount of gain / (loss) recognized in 
AOCI

2024

2023

$ 

29 

$ 

(33) 

Gains  and  losses  representing  components  excluded  from  the  assessment  of  effectiveness  on  derivatives  designated  as  net 
investment hedges are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Gains or losses on net investment hedges remain in accumulated other comprehensive income until disposal of the underlying 
assets.

64

 
 
 
 
Fair Values of Derivative Financial Instruments and Valuation Hierarchy

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring 
basis  as  of  December  31,  2024  and  December  31,  2023,  respectively.    The  fair  value  of  these  financial  instruments  were 
reported under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Balance Sheet 
classification

December 31,
2024

December 31,
2023

Balance Sheet 
classification

December 31,
2024

December 31,
2023

Derivatives designated as hedging 
instruments
Foreign exchange 
contracts cash flow

Prepaid expenses 
and other current 
assets

Foreign exchange 
contracts fair value

Commodities 
contracts cash flow

Net investment 
hedge

Prepaid expenses 
and other current 
assets

Prepaid expenses 
and other current 
assets
Other non-current 
assets

Derivatives not designated as hedging 
instruments
Foreign exchange 
contracts

Prepaid expenses 
and other current 
assets

Total derivatives

Fair Value Hedge Carrying Amounts

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2  $ 

— 

10 

86 

98  $ 

Accrued 
liabilities

1 

Accrued 
liabilities

— 

Accrued 
liabilities
Other non-current 
liabilities

13 

47 

61 

4  $ 

Accrued 
liabilities

3 

102  $ 

64 

$ 

4  $ 

— 

3 

— 

7  $ 

7  $ 

14  $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2 

2 

13 

— 

17 

3 

20 

Line item in the Balance Sheet in which the hedged item is included

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables, net

Accrued liabilities

Carrying amount of the hedged assets 
and liabilities

December 31, 
2024

December 31, 
2023

— 

— 

— 

2 

12 

120 

As of December 31, 2023, the cumulative amount of fair value hedging adjustments included in the carrying amount of the 
hedged assets and liabilities was a net gain of $2.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities

Certain  derivative  financial  instruments  are  subject  to  agreements  with  counterparties  similar  to  master  netting  arrangements 
and  are  eligible  for  offset.    The  Company  has  made  an  accounting  policy  election  not  to  offset  the  fair  values  of  these 
instruments.  In the table below, the aggregate fair values of the Company's derivative assets and liabilities are presented on 
both a gross and net basis, where appropriate. 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Gross amounts recognized 
in the Balance Sheet

Gross amounts not offset 
in the Balance Sheet

Net amount

Balance at December 31, 2024
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities

Balance at December 31, 2023
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities

$ 

$ 

Notional Values of Outstanding Derivative Instruments

102  $ 
14 

64  $ 
20 

3  $ 
3 

7  $ 
7 

99 
11 

57 
13 

The aggregate U.S. dollar-equivalent notional values of outstanding derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets 
at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 were:

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:

Foreign exchange
Commodities

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges:

Foreign exchange

Derivatives designated as net investment hedges:

Foreign exchange

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

Foreign exchange

P.    Asbestos-Related Liabilities

December 31, 
2024

December 31, 
2023

$ 

$ 

380 
73 

— 

875 

305 

75 
160 

202 

875 

302 

Crown  Cork  &  Seal  Company,  Inc.  (“Crown  Cork”)  is  one  of  many  defendants  in  a  substantial  number  of  lawsuits  filed 
throughout the U.S. by persons alleging bodily injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. These claims arose from the insulation 
operations of a U.S. company, the majority of whose stock Crown Cork purchased in 1963. Approximately ninety days after the 
stock purchase, this U.S. company sold its insulation assets and was later merged into Crown Cork.

Prior  to  1998,  amounts  paid  to  asbestos  claimants  were  covered  by  a  fund  made  available  to  Crown  Cork  under  a  1985 
settlement with carriers insuring Crown Cork through 1976, when Crown Cork became self-insured. The fund was depleted in 
1998 and the Company has no remaining coverage for asbestos-related costs.

The states of Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Mississippi, Nebraska, 
North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Utah, West Virginia, Wisconsin and 
Wyoming have enacted legislation that limits asbestos-related liabilities under state law of companies such as Crown Cork that 
allegedly incurred these liabilities because they are successors by corporate merger to companies that had been involved with 
asbestos.  The legislation, which applies to future and, with the exception of Arkansas, Georgia, South Carolina, South Dakota, 
West Virginia and Wyoming, pending claims at the time of enactment, caps asbestos-related liabilities at the fair market value 
of the predecessor's total gross assets adjusted for inflation.  Crown Cork has paid significantly more for asbestos-related claims 
than the total value of its predecessor's assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has integrated the legislation into its claims 
defense  strategy.  The  Company  cautions,  however,  that  the  legislation  may  be  challenged  and  there  can  be  no  assurance 
regarding the ultimate effect of the legislation on Crown Cork.

In June 2003, the State of Texas enacted legislation that limits the asbestos-related liabilities in Texas courts of companies such 
as Crown Cork that allegedly incurred these liabilities because they are successors by corporate merger to companies that had 
been involved with asbestos. The Texas legislation, which applies to future and pending claims, caps asbestos-related liabilities 
at the total gross value of the predecessor’s assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has paid significantly more for asbestos-
related claims than the total adjusted value of its predecessor’s assets.

In  October  2010,  the  Texas  Supreme  Court  reversed  a  lower  court  decision,  Barbara  Robinson  v.  Crown  Cork  &  Seal 
Company,  Inc.,  No.  14-04-00658-CV,  Fourteenth  Court  of  Appeals,  Texas,  which  had  upheld  the  dismissal  of  an  asbestos-
related  case  against  Crown  Cork.  The  Texas  Supreme  Court  held  that  the  Texas  legislation  was  unconstitutional  under  the 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Texas Constitution when applied to asbestos-related claims pending against Crown Cork when the legislation was enacted in 
June of 2003. The Company believes that the decision of the Texas Supreme Court is limited to retroactive application of the 
Texas legislation to asbestos-related cases that were pending against Crown Cork in Texas on June 11, 2003 and therefore, in its 
accrual, continues to assign no value to claims filed after June 11, 2003.  

In  December  2001,  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  enacted  legislation  that  limits  the  asbestos-related  liabilities  of 
Pennsylvania corporations that are successors by corporate merger to companies involved with asbestos. The legislation limits 
the  successor’s  liability  for  asbestos  to  the  acquired  company’s  asset  value  adjusted  for  inflation.  Crown  Cork  has  paid 
significantly  more  for  asbestos-related  claims  than  the  acquired  company’s  adjusted  asset  value.  In  November  2004,  the 
legislation was amended to address a Pennsylvania Supreme Court decision (Ieropoli v. AC&S Corporation, et. al., No. 117 EM 
2002) which held that the statute violated the Pennsylvania Constitution due to retroactive application. The Company cautions 
that the limitations of the statute, as amended, are subject to litigation and may not be upheld. 

The Company further cautions that an adverse ruling in any litigation relating to the constitutionality or applicability to Crown 
Cork  of  one  or  more  statutes  that  limits  the  asbestos-related  liability  of  alleged  defendants  like  Crown  Cork  could  have  a 
material impact on the Company.

The Company's approximate claims activity for the years ended 2024, 2023 and 2022 was as follows:
2023

2024

Beginning claims
New claims
Settlements or dismissals
Ending claims

58,500 
1,400 
(600) 
59,300 

57,500 
1,500 
(500) 
58,500 

2022

57,000 
1,500 
(1,000) 
57,500 

For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company made cash payments of $15, $17, and $21 to settle 
asbestos claims and pay related legal and defense costs. 

In the fourth quarter of each year, the Company performs an analysis of outstanding claims and categorizes by year of exposure 
and state filed.  As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company's outstanding claims were:

Claimants alleging first exposure after 1964
Claimants alleging first exposure before or during 1964 filed in:

Texas
Pennsylvania
Other states that have enacted asbestos legislation
Other states

Total claims outstanding

2024

2023

18,000 

13,000 
1,300 
6,000 
21,000 
59,300 

18,000 

13,000 
1,500 
6,000 
20,000 
58,500 

The outstanding claims in each period exclude approximately 19,000 inactive claims. Due to the passage of time, the Company 
considers it unlikely that the plaintiffs in these cases will pursue further action against the Company. The exclusion of these 
inactive claims had no effect on the calculation of the Company’s accrual as the claims were filed in states, as described above, 
where the Company’s liability is limited by statute.

With respect to claimants alleging first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964, the Company does not include in its accrual 
any amounts for settlements in states where the Company’s liability is limited by statute except for certain pending claims in 
Texas as described earlier.

With  respect  to  post-1964  claims,  regardless  of  the  existence  of  asbestos  legislation,  the  Company  does  not  include  in  its 
accrual  any  amounts  for  settlement  of  these  claims  because  of  increased  difficulty  of  establishing  identification  of  relevant 
insulation products as the cause of injury. Given its settlement experience with post-1964 claims, the Company does not believe 
that  an  adverse  ruling  in  the  Texas  or  Pennsylvania  asbestos  litigation  cases,  or  in  any  other  state  that  has  enacted  asbestos 
legislation, would have a material impact on the Company with respect to such claims.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

As of December 31, the percentage of outstanding claims related to claimants alleging serious diseases (primarily mesothelioma 
and other malignancies) were as follows:

Total claims
Pre-1965 claims in states without asbestos legislation

2024

2023

2022

 27 %

 43 %

 25 %

 44 %

 24 %

 43 %

Crown Cork has entered into arrangements with plaintiffs’ counsel in certain jurisdictions with respect to claims which are not 
yet filed, or asserted, against it. However, Crown Cork expects claims under these arrangements to be filed or asserted against 
Crown  Cork  in  the  future.  The  projected  value  of  these  claims  is  included  in  the  Company’s  estimated  liability  as  of 
December 31, 2024.

Approximately 82% of the claims outstanding at the end of 2024 were filed by plaintiffs who do not claim a specific amount of 
damages or claim a minimum amount as established by court rules relating to jurisdiction; approximately 15% were filed by 
plaintiffs who claim damages of less than $5; approximately 3% were filed by plaintiffs who claim damages from $5 to less 
than $100 (29% of whom claim damages less than $25) and 14 claims were filed by plaintiffs who claim damages in excess of 
$100.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s accrual for pending and future asbestos-related claims and related legal costs was 
$185, including $141 for unasserted claims. The Company determines its accrual without limitation to a specified time period.  
It is reasonably possible that the actual loss could be in excess of the Company’s accrual. However, the Company is unable to 
estimate the reasonably possible loss in excess of its accrual due to uncertainty in the following assumptions that underlie the 
Company’s accrual and the possibility of losses in excess of such accrual: the amount of damages sought by the claimant, the 
Company  and  claimant’s  willingness  to  negotiate  a  settlement,  the  terms  of  settlements  of  other  defendants  with  asbestos-
related liabilities, the bankruptcy filings of other defendants (which may result in additional claims and higher settlements for 
non-bankrupt  defendants),  the  nature  of  pending  and  future  claims  (including  the  seriousness  of  alleged  disease,  whether 
claimants allege first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964 and the claimant’s ability to demonstrate the alleged link to 
Crown Cork), the volatility of the litigation environment, the defense strategies available to the Company, the level of future 
claims,  the  rate  of  receipt  of  claims,  the  jurisdiction  in  which  claims  are  filed,  and  the  effect  of  state  asbestos  legislation 
(including the validity and applicability of the Pennsylvania legislation to non-Pennsylvania jurisdictions, where the substantial 
majority of the Company’s asbestos cases are filed).

Q.    Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The Company, along with others in most cases, has been identified by the EPA or a comparable state environmental agency as a 
Potentially Responsible Party (“PRP”) at a number of sites and has recorded aggregate accruals of $12 for its share of estimated 
future  remediation  costs  at  these  sites.  The  Company  has  been  identified  as  having  either  directly  or  indirectly  disposed  of 
commercial or industrial waste at the sites subject to the accrual, and where appropriate and supported by available information, 
generally has agreed to be responsible for a percentage of future remediation costs based on an estimated volume of materials 
disposed in proportion to the total materials disposed at each site. The Company has not had monetary sanctions imposed nor 
has the Company been notified of any potential monetary sanctions at any of the sites.

The  Company  has  also  recorded  aggregate  accruals  of  $8  for  remediation  activities  at  various  worldwide  locations  that  are 
owned  by  the  Company  and  for  which  the  Company  is  not  a  member  of  a  PRP  group.  Although  the  Company  believes  its 
accruals are adequate to cover its portion of future remediation costs, there can be no assurance that the ultimate payments will 
not  exceed  the  amount  of  the  Company’s  accruals  and  will  not  have  a  material  effect  on  its  results  of  operations,  financial 
position  and  cash  flow.  Any  possible  loss  or  range  of  potential  loss  that  may  be  incurred  in  excess  of  the  recorded  accruals 
cannot be estimated.

In  March  2015,  the  Bundeskartellamt,  or  German  Federal  Cartel  Office  (“FCO”),  conducted  unannounced  inspections  of  the 
premises  of  several  metal  packaging  manufacturers,  including  a  German  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  The  local  court  order 
authorizing the inspection cited FCO suspicions of anti-competitive agreements in the German market for the supply of metal 
packaging products. The Company conducted an internal investigation into the matter and discovered instances of inappropriate 
conduct by certain employees of German subsidiaries of the Company. The Company cooperated with the FCO and submitted a 
leniency  application  with  the  FCO  which  disclosed  the  findings  of  its  internal  investigation  to  date.  In  April  2018,  the  FCO 
discontinued its national investigation and referred the matter to the European Commission (the “Commission”). Following the 
referral, Commission officials conducted unannounced inspections of the premises of several metal packaging manufacturers, 
including  Company  subsidiaries  in  Germany,  France  and  the  U.K.  The  Company  cooperated  with  the  Commission  and 
submitted a leniency application with the Commission with respect to the findings of its internal investigation in Germany. In 

68

Crown Holdings, Inc.

July  2022,  the  Company  reached  a  settlement  with  the  Commission  relating  to  the  Commission’s  investigation,  pursuant  to 
which the Company agreed to pay a fine in the amount of $8. Fining decisions based on settlements can be appealed under EU 
law and the Company sought annulment of the Commission’s fining decision on the basis that the referral of the case from the 
FCO  to  the  Commission  was  unjustified.  In  October  2024,  the  General  Court  of  the  EU  issued  a  judgment  dismissing  the 
Company’s appeal. In December 2024, the Company appealed the General Court’s judgment to the European Court of Justice. 
There can be no assurance regarding the outcome of such appeal.

In March 2017, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) at the Port of Milwaukee issued a penalty notification alleging 
that certain of the Company’s subsidiaries intentionally misclassified the importation of certain goods into the U.S. during the 
period 2004 - 2009.  CBP initially assessed a penalty of $18.  The Company has acknowledged to CBP that the goods were 
misclassified and has paid all related duties, which CBP does not dispute.  The Company has asserted that the misclassification 
was unintentional and disputes the penalty assessment by CBP. CBP has brought suit in the U.S. Court of International Trade 
seeking enforcement of the initial penalty against the Company.  At the present time, based on the information available, the 
Company  does  not  believe  that  a  loss  for  the  alleged  intentional  misclassification  is  probable.    However,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that the Company will be successful in contesting the assessed penalty.

On October 7, 2021, the French Autorité de la concurrence (the French Competition Authority or “FCA”) issued a statement of 
objections to 14 trade associations, one public entity and 101 legal entities from 28 corporate groups, including the Company, 
certain of its subsidiaries, other leading metal can manufacturers, certain can fillers and certain retailers in France. The FCA 
alleged  violations  of  Articles  101  of  the  Treaty  on  the  Functioning  of  the  EU  and  L.420-1  of  the  French  Commercial  Code.   
The  statement  of  objections  alleges,  among  other  things,  anti-competitive  behavior  in  connection  with  the  removal  of 
bisphenol-A from metal packaging in France.  The removal of bisphenol-A was mandated by French legislation that went into 
effect in 2015. On December 29, 2023, the FCA issued a decision imposing a fine of €4 million on the Company. The Company 
intends to appeal the decision of the FCA and there can be no assurance regarding the outcome of such appeal. 

In June 2024, the Brazilian Federal Tax Authorities issued an assessment against the Company's Brazilian subsidiary in relation 
to the use of PIS and COFINS indirect tax credits arising from a favorable judicial decision received by the Company in 2019.  
The assessment disallowed credits of $42 taken by the Company for the years 2004 through 2015 when the PIS and COFINS 
indirect  taxes  were  calculated  by  fixed  rates  and  assessed  interest  and  penalties.    During  the  fourth  quarter,  the  Company 
received an unfavorable ruling to their challenge filed at the administrative level.  The Company does not believe that a loss for 
this  assessment  is  probable  and  plans  to  challenge  the  assessment  at  the  judicial  level.  There  can  be  no  assurances  that  the 
Company will be successful in contesting the assessment.

The Company and its subsidiaries are  also subject to various other lawsuits and claims with  respect  to  labor, environmental, 
securities,  vendor  and  other  matters  arising  out  of  the  Company’s  normal  course  of  business.  While  the  impact  on  future 
financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists, management believes that the 
ultimate  liabilities  resulting  from  such  lawsuits  and  claims  will  not  materially  affect  the  Company’s  consolidated  earnings, 
financial position or cash flow.  The Company has various commitments to purchase materials, supplies and utilities as part of 
the  ordinary  conduct  of  business.    At  times,  the  Company  guarantees  the  obligations  of  subsidiaries  under  certain  of  these 
contracts and is liable for such arrangements only if the subsidiary fails to perform its obligations under the contract.

The  Company’s  basic  raw  materials  for  its  products  are  aluminum  and  steel,  both  of  which  are  purchased  from  multiple 
sources. The Company is subject to fluctuations in the cost of these raw materials and has periodically adjusted its selling prices 
to reflect these movements. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be able to fully recover any increases 
or fluctuations in raw material costs from its customers. The Company also has commitments for standby letters of credit and 
for purchases of capital assets.

At  December  31,  2024,  the  Company  was  party  to  certain  indemnification  agreements  covering  environmental  remediation, 
lease payments and other potential costs associated with properties sold or businesses divested. The Company accrues for costs 
related to these items when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. 

69

Crown Holdings, Inc.

R.    Other Non-Current Liabilities

Deferred taxes

Asbestos liabilities

Postemployment benefits

Income taxes payable

Environmental

Other

2024

2023

338 

165 

23 

18 

12 

114 

670 

$ 

$ 

338 

184 

22 

27 

12 

98 

681 

$ 

$ 

Income taxes payable includes unrecognized tax benefits as discussed in Note T.

S.    Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

Pensions.  The  Company  sponsors  various  pension  plans  covering  certain  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  employees,  and  participates  in 
certain multi-employer pension plans. The benefits under the Company plans are based primarily on years of service and either 
the employees’ remuneration near retirement or a fixed dollar multiple.

A measurement date of December 31 was used for all plans presented below.

The components of pension expense were as follows:
U.S. Plans
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Settlements and curtailments
Amortization of actuarial loss
Amortization of prior service cost
Net periodic cost

Non-U.S. Plans
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Settlements
Special termination benefits
Amortization of actuarial loss
Amortization of prior service credit
Net periodic cost

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15 
40 
(46) 
469 
32 
1 
511 

2024

7 
16 
(18) 

44 
— 
2 
— 
51 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2023

13 
54 
(60) 
— 
43 
1 
51 

7 
19 
(22) 

— 
6 
3 
— 
13 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2022

19 
31 
(75) 
1 
44 
1 
21 

9 
13 
(22) 

— 
— 
5 
(1) 
4 

In the third quarter of 2024, the Company's Canadian and primary U.S. defined benefit pension plans (the "Canadian Plan" and 
the "U.S. Plans", respectively) entered into transactions to transfer a significant portion of their pension liabilities through the 
purchase  of  group  annuity  insurance  contracts  for  the  benefit  of  nearly  all  their  respective  retiree  and  deferred  vested 
participants.  The issuers of the group annuity insurance contracts fully guarantee and are solely responsible for paying each 
participant's future benefits in full.  The Company used plan assets to settle $119 of Canadian Plan obligations and $740 of U.S. 
Plans obligations and recorded settlement charges of $47 and $469, respectively, for the Canadian and U.S. Plans.  As part of 
the transaction, the Company also made a cash contribution of approximately $100 to the U.S. Plans. In addition in 2024, $35 
of  U.S.  plan  obligations  were  settled  as  a  result  of  certain  retiree  and  deferred  vested  participants  electing  lump-sum 
distributions. 

Additional pension expense of $6 in 2024 and 2023 and $5 for 2022 was recognized for multi-employer plans.  

The projected benefit obligations, accumulated benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status of the Company's U.S. and 
non-U.S. plans were as follows:

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Projected Benefit Obligations
Benefit obligations at January 1
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants' contributions
Amendments
Settlements
Special termination benefits
Actuarial (gain) / loss
Benefits paid
Foreign currency translation
Benefit obligations at December 31
Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
Actual gain on plan assets 
Employer contributions / (withdrawals)
Plan participants' contributions
Settlements
Benefits paid
Foreign currency translation
Fair value of plan assets at December 31

Funded status

Accumulated benefit obligations at December 31

Crown Holdings, Inc.

U.S. Plans

2024

2023

Non-U.S. Plans

2024

2023

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,109 
15 
40 
— 
— 
(775) 
— 
(15) 
(75) 
— 
299 

880 
40 
125 
— 
(775) 
(75) 
— 
195 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,094 
13 
54 
— 
1 
— 
— 
36 
(89) 
— 
1,109 

886 
81 
2 
— 
— 
(89) 
— 
880 

(104) 

$ 

(229) 

257 

$ 

1,065 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

415 
7 
16 
2 
— 
(122) 
— 
(7) 
(22) 
(31) 
258 

412 
27 
(12) 
1 
(122) 
(22) 
(30) 
254 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

387 
7 
19 
2 
(2) 
(8) 
6 
18 
(38) 
24 
415 

381 
33 
17 
2 
(7) 
(38) 
24 
412 

(4) 

$ 

(3) 

229 

$ 

389 

During 2024, actuarial gains for the Company’s U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans totaled $25. Actuarial gains and losses arise 
each year primarily due to changes in discount rates, differences in actual plan asset returns compared to expected returns, and 
changes in actuarial assumptions such as mortality.  The gain in 2024 was primarily due to higher discount rates at the end of 
2024 compared to 2023.

U.S. pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were as follows: 

Projected benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations
Fair value of plan assets

2024

$ 

U.S. pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were as follows: 
2024

Projected benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations
Fair value of plan assets

$ 

93 
88 
— 

296 
255 
192 

$ 

$ 

2023

1,109 
1,065 
880 

2023

1,109 
1,065 
880 

Non-U.S. pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations and projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were as 
follows:

Projected benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations
Fair value of plan assets

2024

$ 

199 
179 
114 

2023

$ 

213 
195 
117 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company’s investment strategy in its U.S. plan is designed to generate returns that are consistent with providing benefits to 
plan  participants  within  the  risk  tolerance  of  the  plan.  Asset  allocation  is  the  primary  determinant  of  return  levels  and 
investment risk exposure. 

The strategic ranges for asset allocation in the U.S. plans are as follows: 

U.S. equities
International equities
Fixed income
Balanced funds
Real estate

 45 %
 7.5 %
 15 %
 7.5 %
 7.5 %

to
to
to
to
to

 55 %
 12.5 %
 25 %
 12.5 %
 12.5 %

Subsequent to the annuitization of a portion of the U.S Plans liabilities discussed above, the U.S. Plans’ asset allocation will be 
migrating  to  the  above  target  ranges.  That  migration  will  be  staged  over  time  and  allow  Crown  to  manage  liquidity  
requirements and minimize transaction fees.

Pension assets are classified into three levels. Level 1 asset values are derived from quoted prices which are available in active 
markets as of the report date. Level 2 asset values are derived from other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 
1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the report date. Level 3 asset values are derived from unobservable 
pricing inputs that are not corroborated by market data or other objective sources.

Level 1 Investments

Equity securities are valued at the latest quoted prices taken from the primary exchange on which the security trades. Mutual 
funds are valued at the net asset value ("NAV") of shares held at year-end. 

Level 2 Investments

Fixed  income  securities,  including  government  issued  debt,  corporate  debt,  asset-backed  and  structured  debt  securities  are 
valued using the latest bid prices or valuations based on a matrix system (which considers such factors as benchmark yields, 
reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and other reference 
data  including  market  research  publications).  Derivatives,  which  consist  mainly  of  interest  rate  swaps,  are  valued  using  a 
discounted cash flow pricing model based on observable market data. 

Level 3 Investments

Hedge funds and private equity funds are valued at the NAV at year-end. The values assigned to private equity funds are based 
upon  assessments  of  each  underlying  investment,  incorporating  valuations  that  consider  the  evaluation  of  financing  and  sale 
transactions  with  third  parties,  expected  cash  flows  and  market-based  information,  including  comparable  transactions,  and 
performance multiples among other factors. Real estate investments are based on third party appraisals.

Investments Measured Using NAV per Share Practical Expedient

Investments  measured  using  NAV  per  share  as  a  practical  expedient  include  investment  funds  that  invest  in  global  equity, 
emerging  markets  and  fixed  income.    The  global  equity  funds  invest  in  equity  securities  of  various  market  sectors  including 
industrial  materials,  consumer  discretionary  goods  and  services,  financial  infrastructure,  technology,  and  health  care.    The 
emerging  markets  funds  invest  in  equity  markets  within  financial  services,  consumer  goods  and  services,  energy,  and 
technology. 

The  methods  described  above  may  produce  a  fair  value  calculation  that  may  not  be  indicative  of  net  realizable  value  or 
reflective of future fair value. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent 
with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial 
instruments could result in different fair value measurements at the reporting date.

The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may 
affect the valuation of the fair value of assets and their placement within the fair value hierarchy.  The levels assigned to the 
defined benefit plan assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are summarized in the tables below:

72

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents
Global large cap equity
U.S. large cap equity
Mutual funds – U.S. equity

Level 2
Government issued debt securities
Corporate debt securities
Insurance contracts
Investment funds – fixed income

Level 3
Investment funds – real estate
Private equity
Real estate – direct

Total assets in fair value hierarchy

Investments measured at NAV Practical Expedient (a)
Investment funds - fixed income
Investment funds - global equity

Total investments at fair value

U.S. plan
assets

2024
Non-U.S. plan
assets

Total

$ 

8  $ 
— 
— 
51 
59 

28  $ 
8 
10 
— 
46 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

106 
2 
28 
136 

195 

— 
— 

18 
6 
102 
1 
127 

28 
— 
8 
36 

209 

25 
20 

$ 

— 
195  $ 

45 
254  $ 

36 
8 
10 
51 
105 

18 
6 
102 
1 
127 

134 
2 
36 
172 

404 

25 
20 

45 
449 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

$ 

Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents
Global large cap equity
U.S. large cap equity
U.S. mid/small cap equity
Mutual funds – global equity
Mutual funds – U.S. equity
Mutual funds – fixed income

Level 2
Government issued debt securities
Corporate debt securities
Insurance contracts
Investment funds – fixed income

Level 3
Investment funds – real estate
Private equity
Real estate – direct

Total assets in fair value hierarchy

Investments measured at NAV Practical Expedient (a)
Investment funds - fixed income
Investment funds - global equity
Investment funds - emerging markets
Investments funds - real estate

Total investments at fair value

$ 

U.S. plan
assets

2023
Non-U.S. plan
assets

Total

15  $ 
— 
173 
276 
59 
49 
18 
590 

— 
41 
— 
— 
41 

127 
3 
27 
157 

788 

86 
— 
5 
— 
91 
879  $ 

23  $ 
3 
4 
21 
— 
— 
— 
51 

18 
8 
110 
1 
137 

60 
— 
17 
77 

38 
3 
177 
297 
59 
49 
18 
641 

18 
49 
110 
1 
178 

187 
3 
44 
234 

265 

1,053 

22 
118 
— 
7 
147 
412  $ 

108 
118 
5 
7 
238 
1,291 

(a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient have not been classified in 
the fair value hierarchy.

Accrued income excluded from the tables above was as follows:  

U.S. plan assets

2024

2023

$ 

— 

$ 

1 

Plan assets as of December 31, 2023, include $297 of the Company’s common stock.

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

The following tables reconcile the beginning and ending balances of plan assets measured using significant unobservable inputs 
(Level 3).

Balance at January 1, 2023
Foreign currency translation
Asset returns – assets held at reporting date
Asset returns – assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
Balance at December 31, 2023
Foreign currency translation
Asset returns – assets held at reporting date
Asset returns – assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
Balance at December 31, 2024

Private
equity

Real
estate

Total

$ 

$ 

5  $ 
— 
18 
(18)   
(2)   
3 
— 
3 
(4)   
— 
2  $ 

247  $ 
2 
(24)   
11 
(5)   

231 

(4)   
(6)   
2 
(53)   
170  $ 

252 
2 
(6) 
(7) 
(7) 
234 
(4) 
(3) 
(2) 
(53) 
172 

The following table presents additional information about the pension plan assets valued using NAV as a practical expedient:

Fair Value

Redemption 
Frequency

Redemption Notice 
Period

Balance at December 31, 2024
Investment funds – fixed income
Investment funds – global equity

Balance at December 31, 2023
Investment funds – fixed income
Investment funds – global equity
Investment funds – emerging markets
Investment funds – real estate

$ 

$ 

25 
20 

108 
118 
5 
7 

Daily
Daily 

Semi-monthly
Daily
Daily
Daily

10 days
10 days

1- 5 days
10 days
30 days
10 days

The pension plan assets valued using NAV as a practical expedient do not have any unfunded commitments.

Pension assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were:

Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

$ 

2024

2023

88  $ 
22 
174 

94 
12 
314 

The  Company’s  current  liability  at  December  31,  2024,  represents  the  expected  required  payments  to  be  made  for  unfunded 
plans over the next twelve months. Total estimated 2025 employer contributions are $20 for the Company’s pension plans.

Changes in the net loss and prior service credit for the Company’s pension plans were: 

2024

2023

2022

Net loss

Prior
service

Net loss

Prior
service

Net loss

Prior
service

Balance at January 1
Reclassification to net periodic benefit cost
Current year (gain) / loss
Amendments
Foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31

$ 

$ 

686  $ 
(551)   
(25)   
— 
(1)   
109  $ 

(1)  $ 
(1)   
— 
— 
— 
(2)  $ 

712  $ 
(46)   
22 
(1)   
(1)   
686  $ 

—  $ 
(1)   
— 
— 
— 
(1)  $ 

814  $ 
(49)   
(45)   
— 
(8)   
712  $ 

2 
(1) 
(1) 
— 
— 
— 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Expected future benefit payments as of December 31, 2024 are:

Crown Holdings, Inc.

2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030 - 2034

U.S.
plans

$ 

Non-U.S.
plans

$ 

17 
16 
33 
11 
13 
90 

20 
17 
16 
19 
19 
102 

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligations at December 31 were:

U.S. Plans
Discount rate
Compensation increase

Non-U.S. Plans
Discount rate
Compensation increase

2024

2023

2022

 5.9 %
 5.0 %

 5.0 %
 5.0 %

 5.2 %
 5.0 %

2024

2023

2022

 5.1 %
 2.8 %

 4.8 %
 2.9 %

 4.9 %
 2.7 %

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to calculate pension expense for each year were:

U.S. Plans
Discount rate - service cost
Discount rate - interest cost
Compensation increase
Long-term rate of return

Non-U.S. Plans
Discount rate - service cost
Discount rate - interest cost
Compensation increase
Long-term rate of return

2024

2023

2022

 5.2 %
 4.9 %
 5.0 %
 7.2 %

 5.4 %
 5.1 %
 5.0 %
 7.2 %

 3.3 %
 2.2 %
 4.7 %
 6.6 %

2024

2023

2022

 4.7 %
 4.7 %
 2.9 %
 4.2 %

 5.0 %
 5.1 %
 2.9 %
 5.1 %

 2.9 %
 2.6 %
 2.7 %
 4.3 %

The  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  is  determined  by  taking  into  consideration  expected  long-term  returns 
associated with each major asset class based on long-term historical ranges, inflation assumptions and the expected net value 
from active management of the assets based on actual results. 

Other Postretirement Benefit Plans. The Company sponsors unfunded plans to provide health care and life insurance benefits 
to  certain  retirees  and  survivors.  Generally,  the  medical  plans  pay  a  stated  percentage  of  medical  expenses  reduced  by 
deductibles and other coverages.  Life insurance benefits are generally provided by insurance contracts. The Company reserves 
the right, subject to existing agreements, to change, modify or discontinue the plans. A measurement date of December 31 was 
used for the plans presented below.

The components of net postretirement benefits cost were as follows:

Other Postretirement Benefits
Service cost

Interest cost

Amortization of prior service credit

Amortization of actuarial loss

Net periodic benefit cost / (credit)

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

— 

6 

— 

— 

6 

$ 

$ 

— 

6 

— 

— 

6 

$ 

1 

4 

(20) 

2 

$ 

(13) 

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

Changes in the benefit obligations were: 

Benefit obligations at January 1
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) / loss 
Benefits paid
Foreign currency translation
Benefit obligations at December 31

2024

2023

$ 

$ 

107  $ 
6 
(2)   
(9)   
(6)   
96  $ 

108 
6 
— 
(11) 
4 
107 

Changes in the net (gain) / loss and prior service credit for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans were:

2024

2023

2022

Net gain

Prior
service

Net gain

Prior
service

Net
loss / 
(gain)

Prior
service

Balance at January 1
Reclassification to net periodic benefit cost
Current year (gain) / loss
Foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31

$ 

$ 

(3)  $ 
— 
(3)   
1 
(5)  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

(2)  $ 
— 
— 
(1)   
(3)  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

21  $ 
(2)   
(22)   
1 
(2)  $ 

(20) 
20 
— 
— 
— 

Expected future benefit payments are as follows:

Benefit Payments

2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030 - 2034

$ 

12 
10 
10 
9 
9 
39 

The assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31, 2024 were as follows: 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for 2024
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain

 5.9 %
 4.1 %
2032

Weighted average discount rates used to calculate the benefit obligations at the end of each year and the cost for each year are 
presented below:

Benefit obligations
Service cost
Interest cost

2024

2023

2022

 6.5 %
 8.1 %
 5.8 %

 5.0 %
 5.3 %
 4.9 %

 5.8 %
 7.8 %
 5.7 %

Defined Contribution Benefit Plans.  The Company also sponsors defined contribution benefit plans in certain jurisdictions 
including the U.S. and the U.K.  The Company recognized expense of $13, $14, and $13 in 2024, 2023 and 2022 related to 
these plans.  

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

T.    Income Taxes

The components of income before income taxes were as follows: 

U.S.

Foreign

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following: 

Current tax:

U.S. federal
State and foreign

Deferred tax:
U.S. federal
State and foreign

Total

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(448) 

1,191 
743 

2024

89 
262 
351 

(109) 
(59) 
(168) 
183 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2023

(1) 

796 
795 

31 
244 
275 

(27) 
(26) 
(53) 
222 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

295 

761 
1,056 

2022

18 
190 
208 

46 
(11) 
35 
243 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. statutory federal income 
tax rate to pre-tax income as a result of the following items: 

2024

2023

2022

U.S. statutory rate at 21%

Statutory tax rate differences

Taxes on foreign income

Foreign withholding taxes

U.S. taxes on foreign income, net of credits

State taxes

Valuation allowance changes

Tax contingencies

Tax law changes

Other items, net

Income tax provision 

$ 

156 

(17) 

(30) 

19 

67 

(12) 

(17) 

6 

5 

6 

$ 

167 

$ 

6 

1 

23 

5 

2 

5 

2 

8 

3 

222 

9 

(39) 

5 

1 

(2) 

33 

7 

2 

5 

$ 

183 

$ 

222 

$ 

243 

The Company benefits from certain incentives in Brazil which allow it to pay reduced income taxes.  The incentives expire at 
various dates beginning in December 2026.  These incentives increased net income attributable to the Company by $22 in 2024,
$20 in 2023 and $21 in 2022.

In the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company recorded a gain of $275 related to the $338 distribution from the sale of the Eviosys 
equity method investment by KPS Capital Partners. The tax charge of $64 is included in U.S. taxes on foreign income, net of 
credits, as a portion of the distribution was taxable in the U.S. The distribution was non-taxable in Switzerland, and is shown as 
a reduction of taxes on foreign income above. 

In 2022, taxes on foreign income includes income tax charges of $11 for the sale of the Company's Transit Packaging segment's 
Kiwiplan business in 2022. 

During the year-ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $21 for goodwill amortization and net 
operating loss carryforwards in Switzerland and established a full valuation allowance for  these deferred tax assets as  it  was 
more  likely  than  not  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  would  not  be  utilized  prior  to  their  expiration.    During  the  year-ended 
December  31,  2024,  the  Company  recognized  a  deferred  tax  benefit  of  $17  resulting  from  the  release  of  this  valuation 
allowance due to improved profitability and continued forecasted income in Switzerland.  

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

On July 8, 2022, Pennsylvania enacted a corporate net income tax rate reduction over a nine year period. The income tax rate 
for the 2022 and 2023 tax years were 9.99% and 8.99%, respectively. Starting with the 2024 tax year, the income tax rate is 
reduced by 0.50% annually until it reaches 4.99% for the 2031 tax year.  The remeasurement of the Company's deferred taxes  
in 2022 had a $78 impact on the Company's state net operating loss carryforward and corresponding valuation allowance. 

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had not provided deferred taxes on approximately $1,100 of earnings in certain non-
U.S.  subsidiaries  because  such  earnings  are  indefinitely  reinvested  in  its  international  operations.  Upon  distribution  of  such 
earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company may be subject to incremental foreign tax.  It is not practicable to 
estimate the amount of foreign tax that might be payable.

The Company paid taxes of $398, $262 and $223, respectively, in 2024, 2023 and 2022.

The components of deferred taxes at December 31 were:

Tax carryforwards
Disallowed interest carryforwards
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Accruals and other
Pensions
Asbestos
Postretirement and postemployment benefits
Lease liabilities
Right of use assets
Valuation allowances
Total

Tax carryforwards expire as follows:

2024

2023

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

$ 

$ 

251 
105 
— 
14 
126 
48 
46 
23 
32 
— 
(152) 
493 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
260 
257 
129 
21 
— 
— 
— 
30 
— 
697 

$ 

$ 

274 
54 
— 
16 
123 
90 
50 
23 
32 
— 
(178) 
484 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
292 
253 
94 
20 
— 
— 
— 
31 
— 
690 

Year

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

Thereafter

Unlimited

$ 

Amount

13 

12 

7 

2 

10 

77 

130 

Tax carryforwards expiring after 2029 include $48 of U.S. state tax loss carryforwards.  The unlimited category includes $76 of 
French tax loss carryforwards and $25 of Luxembourg tax loss carryforwards.  In addition, the Company has disallowed interest 
in the U.S. which can be carried forward indefinitely. 

The  Company’s  valuation  allowances  at  December  31,  2024  include  $72  related  to  the  portion  of  U.S.  state  tax  loss 
carryforwards  that  the  Company  does  not  believe  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be  utilized  prior  to  their  expiration.  The 
Company’s  ability  to  utilize  state  tax  loss  carryforwards  is  impacted  by  several  factors  including  taxable  income,  expiration 
dates,  limitations  imposed  by  certain  states  on  the  amount  of  loss  carryforwards  that  can  be  used  in  a  given  year  to  offset 
taxable  income  and  whether  the  state  permits  the  Company  to  file  a  combined  return.    In  addition,  the  Company's  valuation 
allowances at December 31, 2024 includes $62 related to tax loss carryforwards in France. 

Management’s  estimate  of  the  appropriate  valuation  allowance  in  any  jurisdiction  involves  a  number  of  assumptions  and 
judgments,  including  the  amount  and  timing  of  future  taxable  income.  Should  future  results  differ  from  management’s 
estimates,  it  is  possible  there  could  be  future  adjustments  to  the  valuation  allowances  that  would  result  in  an  increase  or 
decrease in tax expense in the period such changes in estimates are made. 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits follows:

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Balance at January 1
Additions for prior year tax positions
Reductions to prior period tax positions
Lapse of statute of limitations
Settlements
Foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

46 
10 
(4) 
(4) 
(2) 
— 
46 

$ 

$ 

46 
6 
— 
(4) 
(2) 
— 
46 

$ 

$ 

48 
7 
— 
(1) 
(6) 
(2) 
46 

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits include potential liabilities related to transfer pricing, foreign withholding taxes, and 
non-deductibility of expenses.

The  total  interest  and  penalties  recorded  in  income  tax  expense  was  $2  in  2024  and  2023  and  less  than  $1  in  2022.  As  of 
December 31, 2024, unrecognized tax benefits of $46, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate. 

The  Company’s  unrecognized  tax  benefits  are  not  expected  to  increase  over  the  next  twelve  months  and  are  expected  to 
decrease  as  open  tax  years  lapse  or  claims  are  settled.  The  Company  is  unable  to  estimate  a  range  of  reasonably  possible 
changes in its unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months as it is unable to predict when, or if, the tax authorities will 
commence their audits, the time needed for the audits, and the audit findings that will require settlement with the applicable tax 
authorities, if any.

The  tax  years  that  remained  subject  to  examination  by  major  tax  jurisdictions  as  of  December  31,  2024  were,  2010  and 
subsequent years for Germany; 2013 and subsequent years for India and Cambodia; 2015 and subsequent years for Thailand; 
2016 and subsequent years for Vietnam; 2018 and subsequent years for Italy; 2019 and subsequent years for Mexico, Greece, 
Luxembourg  and  Netherlands;  2020  and  subsequent  years  for  Canada,  Spain,  Turkey,  Brazil  and  Singapore;  2021  and 
subsequent  years  for  the  U.S.,  U.K.  and  France.;  2022  and  subsequent  years  for  Switzerland  and  Belgium.  The  U.S.  also 
remains  subject  to  exam  for  2018,  specifically  as  it  relates  to  the  transition  tax  incurred  related  to  the  2017  Tax  Act.    In 
addition,  tax  authorities  in  certain  jurisdictions,  including  France  and  the  U.S.,  may  examine  earlier  years  when  tax 
carryforwards that were generated in those years are subsequently utilized.  

U.    Capital Stock

A summary of common share activity for the years ended December 31 follows (in shares):

Common shares outstanding at January 1
Shares repurchased
Restricted stock issued to employees, net of forfeitures
Shares issued to non-employee directors

2024
 120,644,313 
(2,470,604) 
313,136 
16,786 

2023
 119,945,302 
(143,736) 
820,343 
22,404 

2022
 126,131,799 
(6,574,610) 
370,178 
17,935 

Common shares outstanding at December 31

 118,503,631 

 120,644,313 

 119,945,302 

The  Company  declared  and  paid  dividends  of  $1.00,  $0.96  and  $0.88  per  share  in  2024,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  
Additionally, on February 27, 2025, the Company's Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.26 per share payable on April 
1, 2025, to shareholders of record as of March 18, 2025.

On  July  25,  2024,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  an  aggregate  amount  of  $2,000  of  the 
Company's common stock through the end of 2027. The new authorization supersedes the previous authorization announced in 
December 2021, which authorized the repurchase of an aggregate amount of $3,000 of Company common stock through the 
end of 2024. Share repurchases under the Company's program may be made in the open market or through privately negotiated 
transactions,  and  at  times  and  in  such  amounts  as  management  deems  appropriate.  The  timing  and  actual  number  of  shares 
repurchased  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors  including  price,  corporate  and  regulatory  requirements  and  other  market 
conditions. The Company uses the par value method of accounting for its stock repurchases. The excess of the fair value over 
par value is first charged to paid-in capital, if any, and then to retained earnings.  The Company repurchased $217 of its shares 
during 2024.

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company is not obligated to acquire any shares of its common stock and the share repurchase program may be suspended 
or  terminated  at  any  time  at  the  Company's  discretion.  Share  repurchases  are  subject  to  the  terms  of  the  Company's  debt 
agreements, market conditions and other factors.

The Board of Directors has the authority to issue, at any time or from time to time, up to 30 million shares of preferred stock 
and has authority to fix the designations, number and voting rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions, conversion 
rights  and  other  special  or  relative  rights,  if  any,  of  any  class  or  series  of  any  class  of  preferred  stock  that  may  be  desired, 
provided the shares of any such class or series of preferred stock shall not be entitled to more than one vote per share when 
voting as a class with holders of the Company's common stock. 

Dividends are payable when declared by the Company's Board of Directors and in accordance with the restrictions set forth in 
the  Company's  debt  agreements.  While  the  Company's  debt  agreements  impose  restrictions  on  the  Company's  ability  to  pay 
dividends  and  repurchase  common  stock,  the  debt  agreements  generally  permit  dividends  and  common  stock  repurchases 
provided  that  the  Company  is  in  compliance  with  applicable  financial  and  other  covenants  and  meets  certain  liquidity 
requirements.

V.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Attributable to Crown Holdings

The following table provides information about the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for 
the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. 

Balance at January 1, 2023
Other comprehensive income / (loss) before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 
income
Other comprehensive  income
Balance at December 31, 2023
Other comprehensive income / (loss) before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive 
income
Other comprehensive income / (loss)
Balance at December 31, 2024

Defined 
benefit 
plans

Foreign 
currency 
translation

Cash flow 
hedges

Total

$ 

(686)  $ 
(14) 

(1,197)  $ 
175 

(9)  $ 
(14) 

(1,892) 
147 

36 
22 
(664) 
21 

— 
175 
(1,022) 
(213) 

413 
434 
(230)  $ 

(1) 
(214) 
(1,236)  $ 

$ 

22 
8 
(1) 
5 

— 
5 
4 

$ 

58 
205 
(1,687) 
(187) 

412 
225 
(1,462) 

See  Note  O  and  Note  S  for  further  details  of  amounts  reclassified  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  related  to 
cash flow hedges and defined benefit plans.  

W.    Revenue

For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the Company recognized revenue as follows:

Revenue recognized over time
Revenue recognized at a point in time
Total

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

6,632 
5,169 
11,801 

$ 

$ 

6,472 
5,538 
12,010 

$ 

$ 

6,937 
6,006 
12,943 

See Note Z for further disaggregation of the Company's revenue.  

The  Company  has  applied  the  practical  expedient  to  exclude  disclosure  of  remaining  performance  obligations  as  its  binding 
orders typically have a term of one year or less.

Contract  assets  are  typically  recognized  for  work  in  process  related  to  the  Company's  three-piece  printed  products  and 
equipment business.  Contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract-by-contract basis.  The Company 
had  net  contract  assets  of  $9  and  $8,  respectively,  as  of  December  31,  2024  and  2023  included  in  prepaid  and  other  current 
assets.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2024,  the  Company  satisfied  performance  obligations  related  to  contract  assets  at 
December 31, 2023 and also recorded new contract assets primarily related to work in process for the equipment business.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X.    Stock-Based Compensation

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company’s shareholder-approved stock-based incentive compensation plans provide for the granting of awards in the form 
of  stock  options,  deferred  stock,  restricted  stock  or  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”).  The  awards  may  be  subject  to  the 
achievement of certain performance goals as determined by the Compensation Committee designated by the Company’s Board 
of Directors.  There have been no awards of SARs.  In April 2022, the Company's shareholders approved the 2022 Stock-Based 
Incentive Plan which allowed for a total of 2.8 million shares to be issued under future awards. At December 31, 2024, there 
were 3.4 million authorized shares available for future awards under the 2013 and 2022 Stock-Based Incentive Plan.

Restricted and Deferred Stock

Annually, the Company awards shares of restricted stock to certain senior executives in the form of time-vesting restricted stock 
and performance-based shares. The time-vesting restricted stock vests ratably over three years. 

The performance-based share awards are subject to either a market condition or a performance condition.  For awards subject to 
a market condition, the metric is the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”), which includes share price appreciation and 
dividends paid, during the three-year term of the award measured against the TSR of a peer group of companies.  For awards 
subject to a performance condition, the metric is the Company's average return on invested capital over the three-year term.   

The performance-based shares cliff vest at the end of three years. The number of performance-based shares that will ultimately 
vest  is  based  on  the  level  of  performance  achieved,  ranging  between  0%  and  200%  of  the  shares  originally  awarded,  and  is 
settled in shares of common stock. Participants who terminate employment because of disability, death or, subject to Company 
approval,  retirement,  receive  accelerated  vesting  of  their  service  condition  to  the  date  of  termination  and,  if  approved, 
performance restrictions laps on the original vesting date.  

The Company also issues shares of time-vesting restricted stock to U.S. employees and deferred stock to non-U.S. employees 
which vest ratably over three to five years.

A summary of restricted and deferred stock activity follows:

Non-vested shares outstanding at January 1, 2024
Awarded:

Time-vesting
Performance-based

Released:

Time-vesting
Performance-based

Forfeitures:

Time-vesting
Performance-based

Non-vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2024

The average grant-date fair value of restricted stock awarded in 2024, 2023 and 2022 follows:

Number of shares
1,444,712 

240,680 
166,380 

(284,127) 
(103,993) 

(112,020) 
(21,355) 
1,330,277 

Time-vesting
Performance-based

2024

2023

2022

$ 

80.21 
89.57 

$ 

87.66 
86.10 

$ 

96.29 
111.84 

The fair values of the performance-based awards that include a market condition were calculated using a Monte Carlo valuation 
model and the following weighted average assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)
Expected stock price volatility

2024

2023

2022

 4.0 %
3
 31.4 %

 4.1 %
3
 39.8 %

 1.0 %
3
 34.8 %

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

At  December  31,  2024,  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  outstanding  restricted  and  deferred  stock  was  $76.  The 
weighted average period over which the expense is expected to be recognized is 2.7 years. The aggregate market value of the 
shares released on the vesting dates was $33 in 2024.

Y.    Earnings Per Share

The  following  table  summarizes  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  ("EPS").    Basic  EPS  excludes  all  potentially  dilutive 
securities and is computed by dividing net income attributable to Crown Holdings by the weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS includes the effect of restricted stock, when dilutive, as calculated under the 
treasury stock method. 

Net income attributable to Crown Holdings 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic

Add: dilutive restricted stock

Diluted

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

2024

2023

2022

$ 

424 

$ 

450 

$ 

727 

119.20 

0.23 

119.43 

119.41 

0.26 

119.67 

120.86 

0.52 

121.38 

$ 

$ 

3.56 

3.55 

$ 

$ 

3.77 

3.76 

$ 

$ 

6.01 

5.99 

Contingently issuable shares excluded from the computation of diluted 
earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive

0.8 

0.2 

0.7 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Z.    Segment Information

Crown Holdings, Inc.

The Company’s business is generally organized by product line and geography. The Company has determined that it has the 
following reportable segments: Americas Beverage, European Beverage, Asia Pacific and Transit Packaging.  Other includes 
the  Company's  food  can,  aerosol  can  and  closures  businesses  in  North  America,  and  beverage  tooling  and  equipment 
operations in the U.S. and U.K.

The  Company's  chief  operating  decision  maker  ("CODM")  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer.  Segment  income  is  used  by  the  CODM  to  allocate  resources,  including  capital  expenditures,  and  to  evaluate 
operating performance against budgets and forecasts. Segment income, which is not a defined term under GAAP, is defined 
by the Company as income from operations adjusted to exclude intangibles amortization charges, restructuring and other and 
the impact of fair value adjustments related to inventory acquired in an acquisition. Segment income includes cost of products 
sold, depreciation and general selling and administrative expenses. Segment income should not be considered in isolation or 
as a substitute for net income data prepared in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to calculations of similarly 
titled  measures by other companies. 

The tables below present information about operating segments for the three years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022:

2024

External
sales

Inter-
segment
sales

Depreciation

Capital
expenditures

Segment
income

Americas Beverage

European Beverage

Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging

Total reportable segments

Other

Corporate and unallocated items

$ 

$ 

5,240 

2,071 

1,161 

2,107 

10,579 

1,222 

— 

Total

$ 

11,801 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

15 

15 

67 

— 

82 

$ 

128 

$ 

55 

46 

43 

272 

23 

2 

$ 

297 

$ 

$ 

164 

133 

21 

22 

987 

276 

195 

270 

340 

$ 

1,728 

42 

21 

403 

2023

External
sales

Inter-
segment
sales

Depreciation

Capital
expenditures

Segment
income

Americas Beverage

European Beverage

Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging

Total reportable segments

Other

Corporate and unallocated items

$ 

$ 

5,147 

1,939 

1,297 

2,256 

10,639 

1,371 

— 

Total

$ 

12,010 

$ 

— 

— 

— 

49 

49 

144 

— 

193 

$ 

149 

$ 

56 

63 

44 

312 

22 

2 

$ 

336 

$ 

$ 

296 

291 

66 

26 

876 

199 

154 

331 

679 

$ 

1,560 

76 

38 

793 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

2022

External
sales

Inter-
segment
sales

Depreciation

Capital
expenditures

Segment
income

Americas Beverage

European Beverage

Asia Pacific

Transit Packaging

Total reportable segments

Other

Corporate and unallocated items

$ 

$ 

5,126 

2,114 

1,615 

2,545 

11,400 

1,543 

— 

Total

$ 

12,943 

$ 

7 

89 

— 

36 

132 

103 

— 

235 

$ 

128 

$ 

49 

62 

41 

280 

18 

3 

$ 

301 

$ 

$ 

380 

283 

51 

64 

742 

123 

172 

281 

778 

$ 

1,318 

61 

— 

839 

The company does not disclose total assets by segment as it is not provided to the chief operating decision maker.

Intersegment sales primarily include sales of cans, ends and parts and equipment used in the manufacturing process.

Corporate and unallocated items include corporate and administrative costs, research and development, and unallocated items 
such as stock-based compensation and insurance costs.

A reconciliation of segment income of reportable segments to income before income taxes for the three years ended 
December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 follows:

Segment income of reportable segments
Other
Corporate and unallocated items
Restructuring and other
Amortization of intangibles
Loss from early extinguishments of debt
Other pension and postretirement
Gain on sale of equity method investment
Interest expense
Interest income
Foreign exchange
Income before income taxes and equity in net earnings of 
affiliates

$ 

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

1,728 
82 
(165) 
(75) 
(151) 
(1) 
(546) 
275 
(452) 
82 
(34) 

1,560 
117 
(131) 
(114) 
(163) 
(1) 
(49) 
— 
(436) 
53 
(41) 

1,318 
240 
(115) 

52 
(159) 

(11) 
16 
— 
(284) 
15 
(16) 

$ 

743 

$ 

795 

$ 

1,056 

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  intercompany  profit  of  $13  and  $19  was  eliminated  within  segment 
income of other. 

For the year ended December 31, 2024, two customers each accounted for 12% of the Company's consolidated net sales.  For 
the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the same two customers each accounted for 12% and 11%, of the Company's 
consolidated net sales. These customers are global beverage companies served by the Company's beverage operations in the 
Americas, Europe and Asia. 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales by major product were:

Metal beverage cans and ends
Transit packaging
Metal food cans and ends
Other products
Other metal packaging
Total

Crown Holdings, Inc.

2024

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

7,899 
2,107 
887 
461 
447 
11,801 

$ 

$ 

7,514 
2,256 
1,013 
701 
526 
12,010 

$ 

$ 

8,096 
2,545 
1,099 
598 
605 
12,943 

The following table provides sales and long-lived asset information for the major countries in which the Company operates.  
Long-lived assets comprises property, plant and equipment.

United States
Mexico
Brazil
Canada
United Kingdom
Vietnam
Other
Total

2024
$  4,419 
  1,053 
  1,061 
744 
398 
387 
  3,739 
$ 11,801 

Net Sales
2023
$  4,482 
  1,129 
991 
823 
494 
423 
  3,668 
$ 12,010 

2022
$  4,740 
  1,080 
  1,011 
893 
521 
547 
  4,151 
$ 12,943 

Long-Lived Assets
2023
2024

$ 

$ 

1,667 
534 
478 
98 
502 
293 
1,355 
4,927 

$ 

$ 

1,694 
560 
500 
99 
466 
317 
1,426 
5,062 

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

SCHEDULE II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
(In millions)

COLUMN A

COLUMN B

COLUMN C
Additions

COLUMN D COLUMN E COLUMN F

Description

Balance at
beginning of
period

 Charged to 
costs and 
expense

Charged to
other 
 accounts

Acquisitions

Deductions
– write-offs

Balance at
end of period

For the year ended December 31, 2024

Allowances deducted from assets 
to which they apply:

Deferred tax assets

178   

(16)  

(5)  

—   

(5)  

152 

For the year ended December 31, 2023

Allowances deducted from assets 
to which they apply:

Deferred tax assets

173   

7   

(1)  

7   

(8)  

178 

For the year ended December 31, 2022

Allowances deducted from assets 
to which they apply:

Deferred tax assets

227   

(49)  

(3)  

—   

(2)  

173 

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None. 
ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

As  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  management,  including  the  Company’s  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  its  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures.  Based  upon  that  evaluation  and  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  for  which  this  report  is  made,  the 
Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were 
effective to ensure that information to be disclosed in reports that the Company files and submits under the Exchange Act is 
recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  rules  and  terms  of  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits 
under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  its  Chief  Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

The Company’s report on internal control over financial reporting is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.

There has been no change in internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. Other Information

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown Holdings, Inc.

During  the  fiscal  quarter  ended  December  31,  2024,  none  of  our  directors  or  executive  officers  adopted  or  terminated  any 
contract,  instruction  or  written  plan  for  the  purchase  or  sale  of  our  securities  to  satisfy  the  affirmative  defense  conditions  of 
Rule 10b5-1(c) or any "non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement."

ITEM 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Election of 
Directors,”  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  and  “Corporate  Governance”  and  is  incorporated 
herein by reference.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the principal executive officers of the Company, including their 
ages and positions. 

Title

Year Assumed
Present Title

Name

Timothy J. Donahue

Kevin C. Clothier

Gerard H. Gifford

Djalma Novaes, Jr.

Carlos Baila

Matthew R. Madeksza

Age

  62 

  56 

  69 

  64 

  57 

  61 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

President – Americas Division

President –  Asia Pacific Division

President – Transit Packaging Division

Christy L. Kalaus

  45  Vice President and Corporate Controller

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

2016

2022

2017

2015

2023

2022

2022

The information required  by this  Item  is set forth in the Company’s  Proxy Statement within  the sections entitled  “Executive 
Compensation,”  “Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis”  and  “Corporate  Governance”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference.

88

Crown Holdings, Inc.

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain  information  required  by  this  Item  is  set  forth  in  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  within  the  sections  entitled  “Proxy 
Statement – Meeting, May 1, 2025” and “Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Executive 
Officers”   and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2024 with respect to shares of the Company’s Common Stock 
that may be issued under its equity compensation plans: 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of 
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(a)

Weighted average 
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(b)

270,609

270,609

—

—

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
For Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
In Column (a))
(c)

4,482,650

4,482,650

Plan category
Equity compensation plans 
   approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not 
   approved by security holders
Total

(1) 

Includes the 2013 and 2022 Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plans.

(2)        Includes  270,609  shares  of  deferred  stock  awarded  from  the  2013  and  2022  Stock-Based  Incentive  Compensation 
Plans  during  each  year  from  2020  through  2024.  The  shares  are  time-vesting  and  will  be  issued  up  to  four  years 
from their grant date. The weighted-average exercise price in the table does not include these shares.

(3)     Includes 3,623,020, 648,749 and 481,490 shares available for issuance at December 31, 2024 under the 2013 and 
2022  Stock  Based  Incentive  Compensation  Plans,  the  Company’s  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  and  the  Stock 
Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.  

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Election of 
Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Principal 
Accounting Fees and Services” and is incorporated herein by reference.

89

Crown Holdings, Inc.

PART IV

ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) All Financial Statements (see Part II, Item 8)

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Philadelphia, PA, 
Auditor Firm ID 238)

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022

All  other  schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  included  in  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Exhibits  

3.a 

3.b 

4.a 

4.b 

4.c 

4.d 

4.e 

4.f 

Articles of Incorporation of Crown Holdings, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.a of the 
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 000-50189)).

Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  of  the 
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2022 (File No. 001-41550)).

Specimen certificate of Registrant’s Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.a of the Registrant’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 1-2227)). 

Indenture, dated December 17, 1996, among Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Finance 
PLC,  Crown  Cork  &  Seal  Finance  S.A.  and  the  Bank  of  New  York,  as  trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)). 

Form  of  the  Registrant's  7-3/8%  Debentures  Due  2026  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.1  of  the 
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)). 

Officers'  Certificate  for  7-3/8%  Debentures  Due  2026  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.6  of  the 
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)). 

Form  of  the  Registrant's  7-1/2%  Debentures  Due  2096  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.2  of  the 
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)). 

Officers'  Certificate  for  7-1/2%  Debentures  Due  2096  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.7  of  the 
Registrant's Current Report on From 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)). 

90

Crown Holdings, Inc.

4.g 

4.h 

4.i 

4.  j 

4. k 

4.l 

4.m 

4.n 

4.o 

4.p 

Terms  Agreement,  dated  December  12,  1996  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  1.1  of  the  Registrant's 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)). 

Form  of  Bearer  Security  Depositary  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  the  Registrant's 
Registration Statement on Form S-3, dated November 26, 1996, amended December 5 and 10, 1996 (File No. 
333-16869)). 

Supplemental Indenture to Indenture dated December 17, 1996, dated as of February 25, 2003, between Crown 
Cork & Seal Company, Inc., as Issuer and Guarantor, Crown Cork & Seal Finance PLC, as Issuer, Crown Cork 
& Seal Finance S.A., as Issuer, Crown Holdings, Inc., as Additional Guarantor and Bank One Trust Company, 
N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
February 26, 2003 (File No. 000-50189)).

Indenture,  dated  as  of  September  15,  2016,  by  and  among  Crown  European  Holdings  S.A.,  as  Issuer,  the 
Guarantors named therein, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and the other parties thereto, relating to 
the  €600  million  2.625%  Senior  Notes  due  2024  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of  the  Registrant's 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).

Indenture, dated as of September 15, 2016, by and among Crown Americas LLC and Crown Americas Capital 
Corp. V, as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to 
the  $400  million  4.250%  Senior  Notes  due  2026  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  the  Registrant's 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).

Amended  &  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  April  7,  2017,  by  and  among  Crown  Americas  LLC,  Crown 
European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging Canada LP, each of the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to 
time party thereto, Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Crown International Holdings, 
Inc.,  each  other  Credit  Party  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  Deutsche  Bank  AG  Canada  Branch,  Deutsche 
Bank  AG  London  Branch,  Deutsche  Bank  AG  New  York  Branch,  and  various  Lenders  referred  to  therein 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
March 31, 2017 (File No. 000-50189)).

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2017, among Crown 
Americas  LLC,  Crown  European  Holdings  S.A.,  Crown  Metal  Packaging  Canada  LP,  each  of  the  Subsidiary 
Borrowers  party  thereto,  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.,  Crown  Cork  &  Seal  Company,  Inc.  and  Crown  International 
Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, 
Deutsche  Bank  AG,  London  Branch,  Deutsche  Bank  AG,  Canada  Branch,  and  various  Lenders  referred  to 
therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4  of  the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2017 (File No. 000-50189)).

Incremental Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 29, 2018, among Crown Americas LLC, Crown European 
Holdings  S.A.,  Crown  Metal  Packaging  Canada  LP,  each  of  the  Subsidiary  Borrowers  party  thereto,  Crown 
Holdings, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. and Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit 
Party  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  Deutsche  Bank  AG  New  York  Branch,  Deutsche  Bank  AG,  London 
Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, Canada Branch, and various Lenders referred to therein (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017).

Indenture,  dated  as  of  January  26,  2018,  by  and  among  Crown  European  Holdings  S.A.,  as  Issuer,  the 
Guarantors named therein, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and the other parties thereto, relating to 
the  €335  million  2.250%  Senior  Notes  due  2023  and  the  €500  million  2.875%  Senior  Notes  due  2026 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of  the  Registrant's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  February  1, 
2018 (File No. 000-50189)).

Indenture,  dated  as  of  January  26,  2018,  by  and  among  Crown  Americas  LLC  and  Crown  Americas  Capital 
Corp. VI, as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to 
the  $875  million  4.750%  Senior  Notes  due  2026  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  the  Registrant's 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1, 2018 (File No. 000-50189)).

4.q 

Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  26,  2018,  by  and  among  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.,  Crown 
Americas LLC and Crown Americas Capital Corp. VI, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representative of the 

91

Crown Holdings, Inc.

initial purchasers, and the Guarantors (as defined therein), relating to the $875 million 4.750% Senior Notes due 
2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 
1, 2018 (File No. 000-50189)).

Second  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  First  Amendment  to  the  U.S.  Guarantee 
Agreement  and  First  Amendment  to  U.S.  Indemnity,  Subrogation  and  Contribution  Agreement,  dated  as  of 
March  23,  2018,  among  Crown  Americas  LLC,  Crown  European  Holdings  S.A.,  Crown  Metal  Packaging 
Canada  LP,  each  of  the  Subsidiary  Borrowers  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.,  Crown 
Cork & Seal Company, Inc. and Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time 
party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, 
Canada  Branch,  and  various  Lenders  referred  to  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.cc  of  the 
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018).

Incremental Amendment No. 2 and Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of 
December 13, 2019, among Crown Americas LLC, Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging 
Canada  LP,  each  of  the  Subsidiary  Borrowers  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.,  Crown 
Cork & Seal Company, Inc., and Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time 
party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, 
Canada  Branch,  and  the  various  Lenders  referred  to  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of  the 
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated February 28, 2020 (File No. 000-50189)).

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2021, among Crown 
Americas  LLC,  Crown  European  Holdings  S.A.,  Crown  Metal  Packaging  Canada  LP,  each  of  the  Subsidiary 
Borrowers  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.,  Crown  Cork  &  Seal  Company,  Inc.  and 
Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG 
New  York  Branch,  Deutsche  Bank  AG,  London  Branch,  Deutsche  Bank  AG,  Canada  Branch,  and  various 
Lenders referred to therein.

Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2022, by and among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Americas LLC, 
BNP  Paribas  Securities  Corp.,  Citigroup  Global  Markets  Inc.  and  Mizuho  Securities  USA  LLC,  as 
representatives of the initial purchasers, and the Guarantors (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 17, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).

Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2022, among Crown Americas LLC, as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein 
and  U.S.  Bank  National  Association,  as  Trustee,  relating  to  the  $500  million  5.25%  Senior  Notes  due  2030 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2022 
(File No. 000-50189)).

Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  17,  2022,  by  and  among  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.,  Crown 
Americas LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Mizuho Securities USA LLC, 
as representatives of the initial purchasers, and the Guarantors (as defined therein), relating to the $500 million 
5.25% Senior Notes due 2030 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated March 21, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).

Incremental Amendment No. 3 and Fifth Amendment, dated August 8, 2022, to Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement, dated April 7, 2017, among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Americas LLC, Crown European 
Holdings S.A., the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Crown Metal Packaging Canada LP, Crown Cork & 
Seal Company, Inc., the Parent Guarantors party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders party 
thereto, Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch, Deutsche Bank AG London Branch, and Deutsche Bank AG New 
York Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.z of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
August 11, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).

Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2023, by and among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown European Holdings 
S.A., BNP Paribas, as representative of the Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I thereto, and the Guarantors 
(as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K 
dated May 11, 2023 (File No. 000-50189)).

Indenture, dated as of May 18, 2023, among Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Holdings, Inc., the other 
guarantors party thereto, BNP Paribas, as representative of the several initial purchases party thereto, U.S. Bank 
Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee, Elavon Financial Services DAC, as paying agent, registrar 

4.r 

4.s 

4.t 

4. u 

4.v 

4.w 

4.x 

4.y 

4.z 

92

Crown Holdings, Inc.

4.aa 

4.bb 

4.cc 

4.dd 

4.ee 

4.ff 

and transfer agent, relating to the €500,000,000 5.000% senior unsecured notes due 2028 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2023 (File No. 
000-50189)).

Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2023, by and among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown European 
Holdings S.A., BNP Paribas, as representative of the Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I thereto, and the 
Guarantors (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated December 4, 2023 (File No. 000-50189)).

Indenture, dated as of December 11, 2023, among Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Holdings, Inc., the 
other guarantors party thereto, BNP Paribas, as representative of the several initial purchasers party thereto, 
U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee, Elavon Financial Services DAC, as paying agent, 
registrar and transfer agent, relating to the €500,000,000 4.750% senior unsecured notes due 2029 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K December 12, 2023 (File No. 
000-50189)).

Sixth Amendment, dated June 28, 2024, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 7, 2017, 
among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Americas LLC, Crown European Holdings S.A., the Subsidiary 
Borrowers party thereto, Crown Metal Packaging Canada LP, Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., the Parent 
Guarantors party thereto, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG 
Canada Branch, Deutsche Bank AG London Branch, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated July 29, 2024 (File No. 
001-41550)).

Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2024, by and among the Company, the Issuer, BNP Paribas, as 
representative of the Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I thereto, and the Guarantors (as defined therein) 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 31, 2024 
(File No. 001-41550)

Indenture, dated August 8, 2024, among the Issuer, the Company, the other guarantors party thereto, BNP 
Paribas, as representative of the several initial purchasers party thereto, U.S. Bank Trust Company, National 
Association, as Trustee, Elavon Financial Services DAC, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent, relating 
to the €600,000,000 4.500% senior unsecured notes due 2030 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 8, 2024 (File No. 001-41550)).

Seventh Amendment, dated November 11, 2024, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 7, 
2017, among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Americas LLC, Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal 
Packaging Canada LP, the Borrowers party thereto, Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Crown Holdings, Inc., 
Crown International Holdings, Inc., the Parent Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party 
thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as 
U.K. administrative agent, Deutsche Bank AG, Canada Branch, as Canadian administrative agent.

4.gg  Description of the Registrant’s Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.ff of the Registrant’s Annual 

Report on Form 10-k for the year ended December 31, 2019 (File No. 000-50189)).

4.hh  Other long-term agreements of the Registrant are not filed pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K, 

and the Registrant agrees to furnish copies of such agreements to the Securities and Exchange Commission 
upon its requests.

10.a 

Employment Contracts:

(1)      Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  30,  2015,  between  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Timothy  J. 
Donahue  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K 
dated January 5, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)). 

(2) 

(3) 

First amendment to the employment contract, effective June 1, 2012, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and 
Gerard Gifford, dated as of July 24, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No 000-50189)).

Executive  Employment  Agreement,  effective  June  1,  2012,  between  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Gerard 
Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2012 (File No 000-50189)).

93

Crown Holdings, Inc.

(4)    Employment  contract  between  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Djalma  Novaes  Jr.,  dated  February  26,  2015 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.c(11) of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 000-50189)).

(5) 

Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2022, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Kevin C. Clothier 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Periodic Report on Form 8-K filed January 
11, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.b  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  Economic  Profit  Incentive  Plan,  effective  as  of  January  1,  2018  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.b  of  the  Registrant's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2018 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.c  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  Senior  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  as  of  January  1,  2008 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.l of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2007 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.d 

Senior Executive Retirement Agreements:

(1)     Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Timothy J. Donahue, dated 
May 3, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(e) of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (File No. 000-50189)).      

(2) 

Senior  Executive  Retirement  Agreement,  effective  June  1,  2012,  between  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  and 
Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 (File No 000-50189)).

(3)  Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Senior  Executive  Retirement  Agreement,  effective  June  1,  2012,  between 
Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford dated December 28, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.m(7) of the Registrant’s  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31, 2012  (File 
No. 000-50189)).

(4) 

Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Djalma Novaes Jr., dated 
February 26, 2015  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.f(9) of the Registrant’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 000-50189)).

(5)  Amendment No. 2 to the Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective as of May 17, 2016, between 

Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).

(6)  Amended and Restated Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective as of June 1, 2017, between 
Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.c of the Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (File No. 000-50189)).

(7)  Amendment No.1 to Amend and Restate Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective October 21, 

2020, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.d of 
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2020 (File No. 
000-50189)).

10.e 

Form  of  Agreement  for  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Awards  under  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  2004  Stock-Based 
Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (File No. 000-51089)).

10.f  Crown Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.

10.g  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  Stock  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors,  dated  as  of  April  22,  2004 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  on  Schedule  14A,  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2004 (File No. 000-50189)).

94

Crown Holdings, Inc.

10.h  Amendment  No.  1,  effective  April  1,  2005,  to  the  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  Stock  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-
Employee  Directors,  dated  as  of  April  22,  2004  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  to  the  Registrant’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.i 

10.j 

10.k 

10.l 

Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  2013  Stock-Based  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on March 18, 2013 (File No. 000-50189)).

Form  of  Agreement  for  Restricted  Stock  Awards  under  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  2013  Stock-Based  Incentive 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (File No. 000-50189)).

Form  of  Agreement  for  Deferred  Stock  Awards  under  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  2013  Stock-Based  Incentive 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (File No. 000-50189)).

Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. Restoration Plan, dated July 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.3  of  the  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2012  (File  No. 
000-50189)).

10.m  Amendment  No.  1,  effective  July  1,  2011,  to  the  Crown  Cork  &  Seal  Company,  Inc.  Restoration  Plan 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  the  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended June 30, 2012 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.n      Amendment  No.  1,  effective  February  28,  2020,  to  the  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  2013  Stock-Based  Incentive 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on From 10-
Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.o  Amendment  No.  2,  effective  February  25,  2021,  to  the  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  2013  Stock-Based  Incentive 

Compensation Plan.

10.p  Executive Employment Agreement, effective January 1, 2023, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Carlos Baila.

10.q  Crown  Holdings,  Inc.  2022  Stock-Based  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on March 21, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.r  Amendment No. 1, to the Crown Holdings, Inc. 2022 Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plan.

10.s  Crown  Cork  &  Seal  Company,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  Restoration  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.o of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 (File No. 
000-50189)).

10.t 

Executive Employment Agreement, effective 25 October, 2022, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Matthew R. 
Madeksza (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.p of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended September 30, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).

10.u    Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2021, by and among the Company, Crown Cork & 
Seal Deutschland Holdings GmbH, Blitz F21-387 GmbH, Kouti B.V. and Macsco 20.10 Limited (incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  of  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  dated  April  13,  2021  (File  No. 
000-50189)).

10.v  Crown Holdings, Inc. Executive Officer Cash Severance Policy.

10.w  Amendment No. 1 to the Crown Holdings, Inc. Stock Purchase Plan, effective August 1, 2024 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated November 1, 2024 (File No. 
001-41550)).

95

Crown Holdings, Inc.

Exhibits  10.c  through  10.w  are  management  contracts  or  compensatory  plans  or  arrangements  required  to  be  filed  as 
exhibits pursuant to Item 14(c) of this Report.

19.1 

Securities Trading and SEC Reporting Compliance Reporting Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
19.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated July 28, 2023 (File No. 000-50189)). 

21 

22 

23 

Subsidiaries of Registrant.

List of Guarantors.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32 

97 

101 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002, executed by Timothy J. Donahue, President and Chief Executive Officer of Crown Holdings, Inc. and 
Kevin C. Clothier, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Crown Holdings, Inc.

Crown Holdings, Inc. Compensation Recovery Policy, effective October 2, 2023.

The  following  financial  information  from  the  Registrant’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2024  formatted  in  Inline  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, (ii) Consolidated 
Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2024,  2023  and  2022;  (iii) 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, (iv) Consolidated Statements of 
Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, (v) Consolidated Statements of 
Changes  in  Shareholders'  Equity  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2024,  2023  and  2022  and  (vi) 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

104 

Cover Page Interactive Data File - the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data 
File because its XBRL tags are embedded with the XBRL document.

ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

96

Crown Holdings, Inc.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Crown Holdings, Inc.
Registrant

By:

/s/ Christy L. Kalaus

  Christy L. Kalaus
  Vice President and Corporate Controller

Date: March 3, 2025

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy J. Donahue, Kevin C. Clothier 
and Adam J. Dickstein, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or 
her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Company’s 
2024 fiscal year, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
granting  unto  said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  and  each  of  them,  full  power  and  authority  to  do  and  perform  each  and  every  act  and  thing  requisite  and 
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact 
and agents or any of them, or their respective substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and 
in the capacities and on the date indicated above. 

SIGNATURE

TITLE

/s/ Timothy J. Donahue
Timothy J. Donahue

/s/ Kevin C. Clothier
Kevin C. Clothier

/s/ Christy L. Kalaus
Christy L. Kalaus

/s/ Richard H. Fearon
Richard H. Fearon

/s/ Andrea J. Funk
Andrea J. Funk

/s/ Stephen J. Hagge
Stephen J. Hagge

/s/ James H. Miller
James H. Miller

/s/ B. Craig Owens
B. Craig Owens

  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  Vice President and Corporate Controller

DIRECTORS 

/s/ Angela M. Snyder

Angela M. Snyder

/s/ Caesar F. Sweitzer
Caesar F. Sweitzer

/s/ Marsha C. Williams
Marsha C. Williams

/s/ Dwayne A. Wilson
Dwayne A. Wilson

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Please visit our website www.crowncork.com 
to read more of our story and obtain additional information.

CORPORATE/AMERICAS DIVISION HEADQUARTERS

Crown Holdings, Inc. 
Crown Americas LLC 
Hidden River Corporate Center Two 
14025 Riveredge Drive, Suite 300 
Tampa, FL 33637 USA 
Main Tel: +1 (215) 698-5100

EUROPEAN DIVISION HEADQUARTERS

Crown Packaging European Division GmbH 
Lindenstrasse 2/4 
6340 Baar 
Switzerland 
Main Tel: +41 41 759 10 00

ASIA PACIFIC DIVISION HEADQUARTERS

Crown Asia Pacific Holdings Pte. Ltd. 
1 HarbourFront Place #03-01 
HarbourFront Tower One 
Singapore 098633 
Main Tel: +65 6423 9798

TRANSIT PACKAGING DIVISION HEADQUARTERS

Hidden River Corporate Center Two 
14025 Riveredge Drive, Suite 500 
Tampa, Florida 33637 
Main Tel: +1 (847) 724-6100

  This report is printed on recycled paper using soy-based inks.